Implementations in academic year 2019 - 2020

•   Academic Communication 3B00CX16-3005 22.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course deals with academic communication in sufficient depth and detail to enable students to present research work and write reports in academic style, as may be required for other courses in this degree programm. Most of the topics covered will also be relevant to writing a final thesis, so this course can be considered as a basic introduction to that process.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Demonstrate familiarity with the principles of academic communication.
  Access and critically evaluate relevant source materials.
  Get familiar with the concept of plagiarism and know how to avoid it in their own work.
  Incorporate in-text references to source materials and compile a list of sources, following TAMK requirements.
  Produce academic texts which meet set criteria: clear, accurate and formal English, coherent structure.
  Present constructive and well-justified verbal arguments and feedback in formal, face-to-face academic settings, such as seminars and public lectures.
  Utilize resources and learning strategies to develop their own communication skills independently.

  Course contents

  What are the key features of academic communication and how does it differ from organizational communication?
  What are the roles of verbal and written communication in the academic context?
  What norms and standards must academic writing meet?
  What stages must a a writer process to produce an academic text?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Emmanuel Abruquah

  Recommended or required reading

  Some materials and exercises will be provided during the course. Authentic online materials will be used as well.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures, online activities including video conferences. Collaborative learning coupled with online exercises, Reading and analyzing academic text, producing academic text.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  This course emphasizes on academic writing and the evaluation is based on 0-5 grading scale where 0 is fail and 5 is excellent. Active participation in class and online collaborative platforms are required. To get a minimum pass, student need to get at least minimum of 6 points accumulated through attending sessions and doing exercises, and, at least one submitted essay.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  22.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  22.07.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Emmanuel Abruquah

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  To be discussed later.

  Exam schedule

  An academic essay and a research report replace exam.

  Students use of time and load

  Student will devote his/her time in research and writing/ producing academic text.

  Content periodicity

  Literature based essay (Individual task) and Research based report (Collaborative task, Team work, optional)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Satisfactory (1-2): The student communicates in comprehensible English on the whole and shows some awareness of the norms for different types of text; references to source materials are included where appropriate. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are minimally fulfilled.

  Good

  Good: (3-4)
  Students’ English is mainly clear and appropriate. Written work meets norms for different types of text, including scientific reporting. Oral communication is professional. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are mainly fulfilled.

  Excellent

  Excellent (5)
  Students’ written English is formal and accurate and displays appropriate variation in style; reports meet norms for different types of text; students show ability to access and select appropriate information; references to source materials are incorporated accurately and in a variety of ways; source materials are expertly paraphrased. Oral expression is fluent and professional. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are consistently fulfilled.

•   Academic Communication 3B00CX16-3006 01.01.2020-30.05.2020  3 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course deals with academic communication in sufficient depth and detail to enable students to present research work and write reports in academic style, as may be required for other courses in this degree programm. Most of the topics covered will also be relevant to writing a final thesis, so this course can be considered as a basic introduction to that process.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Demonstrate familiarity with the principles of academic communication.
  Access and critically evaluate relevant source materials.
  Get familiar with the concept of plagiarism and know how to avoid it in their own work.
  Incorporate in-text references to source materials and compile a list of sources, following TAMK requirements.
  Produce academic texts which meet set criteria: clear, accurate and formal English, coherent structure.
  Present constructive and well-justified verbal arguments and feedback in formal, face-to-face academic settings, such as seminars and public lectures.
  Utilize resources and learning strategies to develop their own communication skills independently.

  Course contents

  What are the key features of academic communication and how does it differ from organizational communication?
  What are the roles of verbal and written communication in the academic context?
  What norms and standards must academic writing meet?
  What stages must a a writer process to produce an academic text?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Emmanuel Abruquah

  Recommended or required reading

  Some materials and exercises will be provided during the course. Authentic online materials will be used as well.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures, online activities including video conferences. Collaborative learning coupled with online exercises, Reading and analyzing academic text, producing academic text.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  This course emphasizes on academic writing and the evaluation is based on 0-5 grading scale where 0 is fail and 5 is excellent. Active participation in class and online collaborative platforms are required. To get a minimum pass, student need to get at least minimum of 6 points accumulated through attending sessions and doing exercises, and, at least one submitted essay.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 30.05.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Emmanuel Abruquah

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  To be discussed later.

  Exam schedule

  An academic essay and a research report replace exam.

  Students use of time and load

  Student will devote his/her time in research and writing/ producing academic text.

  Content periodicity

  Literature based essay (Individual task) and Research based report (Collaborative task, Team work, optional)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Satisfactory (1-2): The student communicates in comprehensible English on the whole and shows some awareness of the norms for different types of text; references to source materials are included where appropriate. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are minimally fulfilled.

  Good

  Good: (3-4)
  Students’ English is mainly clear and appropriate. Written work meets norms for different types of text, including scientific reporting. Oral communication is professional. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are mainly fulfilled.

  Excellent

  Excellent (5)
  Students’ written English is formal and accurate and displays appropriate variation in style; reports meet norms for different types of text; students show ability to access and select appropriate information; references to source materials are incorporated accurately and in a variety of ways; source materials are expertly paraphrased. Oral expression is fluent and professional. Requirements regarding participation, meeting deadlines etc. are consistently fulfilled.

•   Advanced Accounting and Finance 3B00CX03-3003 11.02.2020-23.04.2020  6 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course completes the students’ accounting and finance module studies and consists of two parts.
  
  Firstly, the students study and learn about the working capital management concept and theory. Studying this part is linked to understanding of typical corporate life from start-up to growth company – and further on to the mature business phase.
  
  Secondly, a selection of advanced industry-specific and other themes and topics are assigned to the students, enabling them to link their accounting and finance studies to their own favorite industries or some most motivating current themes and topics of today’s business life.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Apply their finance and managerial accounting skills to industry-specific business cases.
  See and analyze the big picture of working capital case-specifically, react immediately when necessary - and initiate business development actions based on the analysis.
  Control the working capital professionally, using performance measures such as current ratio, turnover of inventory, turnovers of accounts receivable and payable, as well as gearing %.
  Calculate the profitability of working capital investment using the net present value (NPV) method.
  Identify the need for using advanced methods such as just-in-time (JIT) management, lean accounting and environmental accounting when necessary.
  Create basic-level cash plans and cash flow forecasts.

  Course contents

  What is the working capital concept, and what is the strategic importance of it?
  What is the working capital cycle, and how can working capital be managed successfully?
  How can cash and inventory processes and balances be improved?
  How can the management of trade receivables and payables as well as cash flows be enhanced?
  What is gearing %, and how can it be used in practice?
  Which industries, current trends and phenomena are potential ones for advanced accounting and finance efforts and applications?
  When is it time for environmental or lean accounting, or e.g. for applying the just-in-time (JIT) method?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of cash management and working capital management, as well as some cash flow and digital finance related industry or case specific applications sufficiently. Student can take responsibility of his individual duties in routine cash and working capital management as well as related measurement and reporting activities, and is able to produce some contribution in a group.

  Good

  Student has the competence of applying and explaining the concepts and methods of cash and working capital management as well as performing cash flow and digital finance related industry or case specific analyses in controllable situations. Student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. Student can solve cash and working capital management problems as well as work on cash flow and digital finance related measurement, reporting and development activities. His courses of action are well justified.

  Excellent

  Student can analyse even complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various cash and working capital management problems. Student can produce cash flow and digital finance related industry or case specific analyses. Student can apply his extensive knowledge and skills of the subject matter excellently in problem solving, experiments, and when working on cash flow and digital finance related analysis, reporting and business development activities. Student’s courses of action are very well justified, and he can work strongly individually, producing remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  11.02.2020 - 23.04.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  6 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Further information for students

  From the instructor of the course:
  
  Pasi Kuusijärvi, M.Sc.(Econ. & Bus. Adm.), AmO, HHJ
  Senior Lecturer, Accounting and Financial Management
  
  Tampereen ammattikorkeakoulu
  Tampere University of Applied Sciences
  Tampere Universities
  Kuntokatu 3, FI-33520 Tampere, Finland
  
  pasi.kuusijarvi@tuni.fi
  Tel. +358 40 846 3052
  www.tuni.fi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  -

  International connections

  As part of this course implementation, a guest lecture will be given by a representative of one of TAMK's partner UASes in the 3rd class of this course implementation, on Wednesday March 11, 2020.

•   Area Studies 3B00CX27-3003 23.10.2019-11.12.2019  5 cr  (16IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Business relationships between various countries and regions are vital for the mutual benefits of the regions. With a view to improve business expertise across the national boundary, the course covers various aspects of understanding a particular culture and other social dynamics of the area. In addition, the course will focus to theoretical background and practical information relevant for business. Further more, steps will be taken to deal with the various business context and the dynamic forces which directly and indirectly influence the way different actors do business.
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  
  Demonstrate familiarity with the area of study and know the main features of the area.
  Have better understanding of the economy, history and institution of the particular area.
  Negotiate fruitfully with the business counterparts
  Produce better business projects related to the area studied.
  Identify right sector for trade and investment

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -1st year BBA studies

  Course contents

  What are the main features of a particular country or area?
  How culture impacts management and negotiation?
  What kind of economic change process is going on in the region?
  What are the potential trade and investment sectors
  How regional agreements and institutions are promoting trade and investment?
  What are the main business risks and how to minimize them?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Juha Tuominen

  Recommended or required reading

  To be announced

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures, active class participation, independent research, group research. tutorials, presentation, research paper and possible visits related to the topic.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Evaluation in preparation, performed skills and working in groups.
  The course evaluation is divided at the following way:
  - Participation in and personal preparation for the scheduled classroom activities.
  - Personal skills - performed in a classroom.
  - Working in groups - performed partially in a classroom, and in groups outside classroom.
  Criteria for evaluation are based on Joint Assessment Framework at TAMK:
  - Knowing: process management, critical expertise; reflection skills, working in a multicultural team
  - Acting: learning process (use of given guidance), applying substance know-how to practice, listening and communication skills, decision-making and problem-solving skills, team working skills, communication skills, project work skills.
  - Being: self-assessment, peer-assessment, multidisciplinary collaboration.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  23.10.2019 - 11.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  16IB

  15IBB

  17IB

  15IBA

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Juha Tuominen

  Further information for students

  The group work is performed according to instructions in lectures, and therefore the lectures are mandatory.
  Some adjustment can be made but only if the whole class will agree and lecturer schedule can fit in.

  Unit, in charge

  Educations

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  Participants are encouraged to plan projects, which are closely linked to real life business.

  Exam schedule

  None

  International connections

  Course has participants from all over the world and all study groups are international. The course has often international quest lecturer. A personal international connection into the area of study and sharing the knowledge will be seen positively.

  Students use of time and load

  Participants must attend lecturers and tutorials. Group presentation planning and implementation.
  The course is 5 credits (~135 hours), the contact teaching days' hours (~18 hours) are limited, there are a quite lot works to do in students’ groups (grouping will be made twice during the course).

  Content periodicity

  Lectures, active class participation, independent research, group research, tutorials, presentation, research paper.
  Course modules:
  - Increasing an awareness of business opportunities based on cultural differences.
  - Study of success factors for chosen business case in known market area.
  - Research of opportunities for the business case to move it into a new market area.
  - A learning between groups based on challenges in studies and research.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Levels 1-2 - Situation-specific, (imitative) and limited professional skills
  Ability to identify and name some socio-cultural, economic, political and legal features of a particular country or area.
  Ability to search for some key success factors of known business case and draw a plan of business opportunity based on cultural differences and environmental issues in a new market area with guidance.
  Ability to follow the given process of area study.
  Ability to be flexible group member, managing the project at responsible manner, ability to create and perform a presentation of the study, ability to give and receive feedback, ability to take responsibility for his/her own performance.

  Good

  Levels 3-4 - Structured, evaluative and applied professional skills
  Ability to identify, analyze and explain the main socio-cultural, economic, political and legal features of a particular country or area.
  Ability to search for recognized key success factors of known business case and draw a plan/plans of business opportunity based on cultural differences, environmental issues and creative thinking in a new market area.
  Ability to follow the given process of area study without being limited to that.
  Ability of being capable to choose the method of area study from different options and justify the choice.
  Ability to be creative, professional, flexible and interactive group member.
  Ability to manage the project at responsible and professional manner, ability to create and perform a trustworthy presentation of the study, ability to give a constructive feedback actively and ability to receive feedback from others, ability to look at and evaluate things from both his/her own and groups' point of view.

  Excellent

  Level 5 - Extensive, creative and developing professional skills
  Ability to identify, analyze and explain the wide range socio-cultural, economic, political and legal features of a particular country or area.
  Ability to search for several recognized key success factors of known business case by using various methods, ability to draw one or several alternative plans of business opportunity based on cultural differences, environmental issues, creative thinking and positioning in a new market area.
  Ability to follow the given process of area study without being limited to that.
  Ability of being capable to choose the method of area study from different options, justify the choice and try new ways of operating.
  Ability to use and adapt multiply ways of working and motivate others to follow.
  Ability to be creative, professional, flexible, interactive and constructive group member and/or team leader, managing the project committed at responsible and professional manner.
  Ability to create and perform a trustworthy presentation of the study, ability to analyze and predict his/her own and groups' performance, ability to give a constructive feedback actively and ability to receive feedback from others, ability to use opinions systematically as a tool for personal and community's professional growth.

•   Area Studies 3B00CX27-3004 01.08.2019-16.08.2019  5 cr  (16IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Business relationships between various countries and regions are vital for the mutual benefits of the regions. With a view to improve business expertise across the national boundary, the course covers various aspects of understanding a particular culture and other social dynamics of the area. In addition, the course will focus to theoretical background and practical information relevant for business. Further more, steps will be taken to deal with the various business context and the dynamic forces which directly and indirectly influence the way different actors do business.
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  
  Demonstrate familiarity with the area of study and know the main features of the area.
  Have better understanding of the economy, history and institution of the particular area.
  Negotiate fruitfully with the business counterparts
  Produce better business projects related to the area studied.
  Identify right sector for trade and investment

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -1st year BBA studies

  Course contents

  What are the main features of a particular country or area?
  How culture impacts management and negotiation?
  What kind of economic change process is going on in the region?
  What are the potential trade and investment sectors
  How regional agreements and institutions are promoting trade and investment?
  What are the main business risks and how to minimize them?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Juha Tuominen

  Recommended or required reading

  To be announced

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures, active class participation, independent research, group research. tutorials, presentation, research paper and possible visits related to the topic.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Evaluation in preparation, performed skills and working in groups.
  The course evaluation is divided at the following way:
  - Participation in and personal preparation for the scheduled classroom activities.
  - Personal skills - performed in a classroom.
  - Working in groups - performed partially in a classroom, and in groups outside classroom.
  Criteria for evaluation are based on Joint Assessment Framework at TAMK:
  - Knowing: process management, critical expertise; reflection skills, working in a multicultural team
  - Acting: learning process (use of given guidance), applying substance know-how to practice, listening and communication skills, decision-making and problem-solving skills, team working skills, communication skills, project work skills.
  - Being: self-assessment, peer-assessment, multidisciplinary collaboration.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 16.08.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  16IB

  15IBB

  17IB

  19KVHN2

  15IBA

  VAPAA

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Juha Tuominen

  Further information for students

  The group work is performed according to instructions in lectures, and therefore the lectures are mandatory.
  Some adjustment can be made but only if the whole class will agree and lecturer schedule can fit in.

  Unit, in charge

  Educations

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  Participants are encouraged to plan projects, which are closely linked to real life business.

  Exam schedule

  None

  International connections

  Course has participants from all over the world and all study groups are international. The course has often international quest lecturer. A personal international connection into the area of study and sharing the knowledge will be seen positively.

  Students use of time and load

  Participants must attend lecturers and tutorials. Group presentation planning and implementation.
  The course is 5 credits (~135 hours), the contact teaching days' hours (~18 hours) are limited, there are a quite lot works to do in students’ groups (grouping will be made twice during the course).

  Content periodicity

  Lectures, active class participation, independent research, group research, tutorials, presentation, research paper.
  Course modules:
  - Increasing an awareness of business opportunities based on cultural differences.
  - Study of success factors for chosen business case in known market area.
  - Research of opportunities for the business case to move it into a new market area.
  - A learning between groups based on challenges in studies and research.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Levels 1-2 - Situation-specific, (imitative) and limited professional skills
  Ability to identify and name some socio-cultural, economic, political and legal features of a particular country or area.
  Ability to search for some key success factors of known business case and draw a plan of business opportunity based on cultural differences and environmental issues in a new market area with guidance.
  Ability to follow the given process of area study.
  Ability to be flexible group member, managing the project at responsible manner, ability to create and perform a presentation of the study, ability to give and receive feedback, ability to take responsibility for his/her own performance.

  Good

  Levels 3-4 - Structured, evaluative and applied professional skills
  Ability to identify, analyze and explain the main socio-cultural, economic, political and legal features of a particular country or area.
  Ability to search for recognized key success factors of known business case and draw a plan/plans of business opportunity based on cultural differences, environmental issues and creative thinking in a new market area.
  Ability to follow the given process of area study without being limited to that.
  Ability of being capable to choose the method of area study from different options and justify the choice.
  Ability to be creative, professional, flexible and interactive group member.
  Ability to manage the project at responsible and professional manner, ability to create and perform a trustworthy presentation of the study, ability to give a constructive feedback actively and ability to receive feedback from others, ability to look at and evaluate things from both his/her own and groups' point of view.

  Excellent

  Level 5 - Extensive, creative and developing professional skills
  Ability to identify, analyze and explain the wide range socio-cultural, economic, political and legal features of a particular country or area.
  Ability to search for several recognized key success factors of known business case by using various methods, ability to draw one or several alternative plans of business opportunity based on cultural differences, environmental issues, creative thinking and positioning in a new market area.
  Ability to follow the given process of area study without being limited to that.
  Ability of being capable to choose the method of area study from different options, justify the choice and try new ways of operating.
  Ability to use and adapt multiply ways of working and motivate others to follow.
  Ability to be creative, professional, flexible, interactive and constructive group member and/or team leader, managing the project committed at responsible and professional manner.
  Ability to create and perform a trustworthy presentation of the study, ability to analyze and predict his/her own and groups' performance, ability to give a constructive feedback actively and ability to receive feedback from others, ability to use opinions systematically as a tool for personal and community's professional growth.

•   Bachelor’s Thesis, Final Report 3B00CX35-3002 01.01.2020-31.12.2020  10 cr  (17IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The BBA final thesis is typically a planning or development task done for a company or an organization. The thesis can also be a research. It is written following the practices of scientific reporting and with emphasis on practical solutions for company problems.
  Writing the final thesis will take from four to six months, depending on the topic and level of difficulty. The main idea of the thesis is to combine theoretical knowledge with practical skills to produce topical solutions for company needs.
  
  The students find the topic of the thesis themselves, often during their practical training. The final thesis can be done as individual or pair work, and it can be multidisciplinary in nature. The topic of the thesis must be related to the student’s field of study, and preferably be linked to the student’s chosen specialization module in the International Business programme.
  
  After and during the thesis process, the students will be able to:
  
  
  Apply the gained theoretical and practical know-how to overcome the challenges of a company or an organization.
  Develop professional skills related to their own field of study.
  Demonstrate the competence to work independently, responsibly and systematically.
  Adopt a critical, research-based and developing attitude in thesis writing process.
  Know how to use appropriate information retrieval methods and understand the importance of criticism of sources.
  Know how to choose and apply appropriate research methods.
  Demonstrate the ability to develop their own professional field.
  Adopt ethical principles of a research process.
  Produce a thesis report according to practices of scientific reporting.

  Course contents

  How to plan, execute and report a Bachelor’s Thesis?
  What is the aim of a Bachelor’s Thesis project?
  How to show professional skills and competences in a Bachelor’s Thesis?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.12.2020

  Registration

  01.01.2020 - 31.12.2020

  Credits

  10 cr

  Group(s)

  17IB

  Teacher(s)

  Päivi Mayor, Mari Helenius, Sami Hämäläinen, Elena Grigorova, Sari Matala, Petteri Vilén, D.P. in Media Virtuaalihenkilö, Juha Tuominen, Annikka Lepola, Tuula Andersson, Kai Hintsanen, Pietro Albanese, Pasi Kuusijärvi, Sven Rassl, Harri Karvinen, Tuomo Soini, Matti Karlsson, Shaidul Kazi, International Business, IB Virtuaalihenkilö

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Basics of Financial Accounting 3B00DW03-3001 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course introduces the basics of financial accounting. Students will learn bookkeeping in virtual companies.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Describe the basic concepts and principles of accounting
  • Record basic business transactions in accounting

  Course contents

  • What are the purposes of accounting and who are the users of accounting information?
  • What is the conceptual framework in accounting?
  • What are the phases of an accounting period?
  • What does double-entry accounting mean?
  • What is accounting equation?
  • How are business transactions recorded in accounting?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting. He/she knows the stages of accounting period and is able to record basic financial transactions using bookkeeping software. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work in individual assignments.

  Good

  The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work and recognises and follows the important courses of action in the field.

  Excellent

  The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner and develops his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  - lectures
  - assignments
  - teamwork

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Seats

  0 - 35

  Teacher(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  Exam week 8/2020 (preliminary)

  Students use of time and load

  2 ECTS, approximately 54 h

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has failed in achieving the objectives of the course.

  Satisfactory

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands fundamentals of financial accounting and knows the basic functions of Fennoa book-keeping program.

  Good

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program at a basic level.

  Excellent

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program well at a basic level.

•   Basics of Financial Accounting 3B00DW03-3002 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course introduces the basics of financial accounting. Students will learn bookkeeping in virtual companies.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Describe the basic concepts and principles of accounting
  • Record basic business transactions in accounting

  Course contents

  • What are the purposes of accounting and who are the users of accounting information?
  • What is the conceptual framework in accounting?
  • What are the phases of an accounting period?
  • What does double-entry accounting mean?
  • What is accounting equation?
  • How are business transactions recorded in accounting?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting. He/she knows the stages of accounting period and is able to record basic financial transactions using bookkeeping software. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work in individual assignments.

  Good

  The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility for his/her own work and recognises and follows the important courses of action in the field.

  Excellent

  The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner and develops his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  - lectures
  - assignments
  - teamwork

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Seats

  0 - 35

  Teacher(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  Exam week 8/2020 (preliminary)

  Students use of time and load

  2 ECTS, approximately 54 h

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has failed in achieving the objectives of the course.

  Satisfactory

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands fundamentals of financial accounting and knows the basic functions of Fennoa book-keeping program.

  Good

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting well. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program at a basic level.

  Excellent

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. Student can use Fennoa book-keeping program well at a basic level.

•   Basics of International Business 3B00DW11-3001 02.03.2020-31.07.2020  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course describes the first steps of the internationalization process of small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs). Students learn to make a basic market analysis of a new target market for a company. Students analyze international marketing environment (macro and micro) of the target country and help the company with their internationalization plan.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Search for market information of a new target market
  • Describe the contents of an international market analysis.
  • Analyze international marketing environment of a target country
  • Apply the knowledge of the market analysis to company’s internationalization plan.
  • Work effectively in a multicultural team.

  Course contents

  • How to find market information of a new target market?
  • What is international market analysis?
  • What are the special features of international marketing environment?
  • What knowledge is needed when entering into a new target country?
  • How to work effectively in a multicultural team?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is familiar with basic concepts of international business. He/she is aware of common export modes. The student knows how to identify factors that indicate potential export markets in order to define market entry modes. The student can identify selected sources of market information and apply that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working in a multicultural team.

  Good

  The student has comprehensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can analyse and select suitable export modes. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating promising export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify a variety of sources of market information and relate that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively in a multicultural team.

  Excellent

  The student has extensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can identify, analyse and select the accurate export modes in a variety of situations. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating strong export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify an extensive variety of sources of market information. He/she can utilize and apply that market information in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively and productively in a multicultural team.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Sven Rassl, Taru Nurmala

  Unit, in charge

  Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Basics of International Business 3B00DW11-3004 02.03.2020-31.07.2020  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course describes the first steps of the internationalization process of small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs). Students learn to make a basic market analysis of a new target market for a company. Students analyze international marketing environment (macro and micro) of the target country and help the company with their internationalization plan.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Search for market information of a new target market
  • Describe the contents of an international market analysis.
  • Analyze international marketing environment of a target country
  • Apply the knowledge of the market analysis to company’s internationalization plan.
  • Work effectively in a multicultural team.

  Course contents

  • How to find market information of a new target market?
  • What is international market analysis?
  • What are the special features of international marketing environment?
  • What knowledge is needed when entering into a new target country?
  • How to work effectively in a multicultural team?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is familiar with basic concepts of international business. He/she is aware of common export modes. The student knows how to identify factors that indicate potential export markets in order to define market entry modes. The student can identify selected sources of market information and apply that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working in a multicultural team.

  Good

  The student has comprehensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can analyse and select suitable export modes. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating promising export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify a variety of sources of market information and relate that knowledge in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively in a multicultural team.

  Excellent

  The student has extensive knowledge of the concepts used in international business. He/she can identify, analyse and select the accurate export modes in a variety of situations. The student knows how to identify and evaluate the factors indicating strong export market potential and is able to match them with the most suitable market entry modes. The student can identify an extensive variety of sources of market information. He/she can utilize and apply that market information in the context of a company’s internationalisation strategy. The student is capable of working effectively and productively in a multicultural team.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Sven Rassl, Taru Nurmala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Business Case Consulting Training 3B00DO51-3002 06.09.2019-29.11.2019  5 cr  (16IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Completing this training module teaches students to apply theories from various business disciplines to real company problems. The students will be provided with a strong foundation of analytical tools and techniques, problem-solving methodologies and effective presentation and communication techniques. The students will then be able to apply and refine their use of these techniques through hands-on learning with several business cases.
  After successful completion of the module, the students will be able to
  - Develop and evaluate alternative feasible solutions for different international and national business cases
  - Apply theories and analytical tools from different business disciplines to real-world situations
  - Make clear and justifiable recommendations to real-life business problems
  - Present decisions to public in a professional manner
  - Demonstrate various leadership skills related to teamwork, innovation process management, work organization and methods, and initiative

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Open to 2nd and 3rd year students of Business Administration (incl. Proacademy) and International Business. There will be selection of students to the study module if needed.

  Course contents

  How to identify relevant information for different business decisions?
  What are the methods in solving business cases with a structured approach?
  How to give clear, convincing and engaging business presentations?

  Further information

  Contact classes are mandatory and held once a week during periods 1 and 2. Students are required to attend a minimum of 80% of the total of the contact class sessions to be eligible for a final grade. Students are also required to attend own weekly group sessions on free-selected time.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Mari Rytisalo

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Teaching methods focus strongly on practical, hand-on learning. This will be implemented by providing business cases that students solve by applying knowledge from various areas of study and effectively present the solutions. There will also be lectures focusing on specific areas that needs to be considered in analyzing and solving business cases.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Contact classes are mandatory and held once a week during periods 1 and 2. Students are required to attend a minimum of 80% of the total of the contact class sessions to be eligible for a final grade. Students are also required to attend own weekly group sessions on free-selected time.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  06.09.2019 - 29.11.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 05.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  16IB

  17IB

  Teacher(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu, Mari Rytisalo

  Further information for students

  Criteria for enrolling to the study module:
  - 2nd or 3rd full-time student
  - Studying Business Administration/International Business/Industrial Engineering/Management
  Because of the nature of the study module, cancelling participation after the study module has started is not possible.
  If selected to a team representing home institution in a business case competition, please notice that some competitions have a rule of an age limit.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business, Degree Programme in Business Administration

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Training and labour cooperation

  The study module will be implemented in cooperation with companies that provide real business cases for student teams to solve.

  International connections

  The best student team will have an opportunity to represent TAMK in an international case competition given that they are willing to spend time on additional case coaching if necessary.

  Students use of time and load

  Classroom sessions:42 hours
  Class preparation (case analyses): 68 hours
  Other assignments: 25 hours

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has not participated to required amount of contact classes (80 %) and/or the contribution to team work has been minimal.

  Satisfactory

  Student has been present required amount of contact classes (80 %) but the contribution to the different processes of team work and presenting case solutions has been not more than satisfactory level.

  Good

  In solving the cases, student is able to participate in decision-making and gives an average input in the process of defining the problem(s), gathering and analyzing relevant information, and finally developing and evaluating alternative courses of action. Based on this analytical process student is able to participate in creating a recommendation on what s/he thinks is the best course of action as well as providing detailed implementation and risk mitigation plans. Presentation skills are average level in professionalism and assertiveness. The operation in a team is varying in perspectives of being responsible, considerate, motivated and task-oriented.

  Excellent

  In solving the cases, student is able to act as a decision-maker and go through the stages of defining the problem(s), gathering and analyzing relevant information, and finally developing and evaluating alternative courses of action. Based on this analytical process student is able to create a recommendation on what s/he thinks is the best course of action as well as providing detailed implementation and risk mitigation plans. Presentation skills are convincing and professional. The operation in a team is responsible, considerate, motivated and task-oriented.

•   Business English NK00EO40-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  5 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This is 5 ECTS credits of Business English course for students as compulsory studies. The skills of a foreign language are based on a European reference framework, advanced course B1.
  
  The course introduces students to business vocabulary and terminologies needed to communicate effectively as professional. The course includes understanding company types, business communication channels (Telephone, email, presentations, meeting and negotiation skills,) and intercultural communication competence. The course may include writing academic essays and reports.
  
  LEARNING OUTCOMES:
  After completing the students will able:
  • to tell about his working environment and activities in his field.
  • to know different company types.
  • to communicate interactively in general oral language written situations of working life.
  • to give convincing company presentation
  • to run or participate in meetings and negotiations.
  • to search and select information in the field of Business
  • to demonstrate familiarity with the cultural environment of the target country and can take into account its specific characteristics and their impact on professional activity and interaction.
  • to write academic essays and reports (depending on the course implementation)

  Course contents

  1. Business vocabulary
  a. Types of companies
  b. Economic trend
  c. Company presentations (1-5)
  d. Incoterms
  
  2. Writing Emails
  a. Formal and informal styles
  b. Email structure
  c. Phrases
  d. Examples of emails e.g. enquiry, complains, replying to a request
  
  3. Telephoning skills
  a. Taking notes
  i. Alphabets/spelling
  ii. Saying numbers,
  
  4. Meetings and Negotiation skills
  a. Meeting protocol, phrases and terminology
  b. Simulation
  
  5. Reporting/academic writing
  a. Literature based
  b. Research based report
  
  6. Intercultural communication

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student knows the basic business terminologies, knows the difference between formal and informal communication, (email English, basic telephoning skills, meetings) and that the student can give basic Company presentation.

  Good

  The student knows basic business terminologies and can differentiate between formal and informal communication:
  
  Emails and telephoning skills: The student can write business emails with no major mistakes, and is able to give convincing company presentations showing absolute control of the language, demonstrating extensive use of vocabulary.

  Excellent

  The student knows basic business terminologies and can differentiate between formal and informal communication:
  
  Emails and telephoning skills: The student can write business emails without mistakes, and is able to give convincing company presentations showing absolute control of the language, demonstrating extensive use of vocabulary.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Course materials materials. Market Leader Intermediate or Market Leader Advanced.
  Recommended reading to review writing in English:
  -Writing for Success, Chapter 2, Chapter 3 and Chapter 5. (available online: http://open.lib.umn.edu/writingforsuccess/)
  -The Bloomberg Job Skills Report (available online: https://www.bloomberg.com/graphics/2016-job-skills-report/)
  Additional materials will be provided.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures, group assignments, presentations, mock-meetings and negotiations and self-study.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Teacher(s)

  Emmanuel Abruquah

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student has not attained 80% of attendance, has not participated in class activities and has not written self-reflection essay.

  Satisfactory

  The student has completed 80% of attendance, knows the basic business terminologies, knows the difference between formal and informal communication, (email English, basic telephoning skills, meetings) and that the student can give basic Company presentation.

  Good

  Grade 3-4
  The student has completed 80% of attendance and has participated extensively in class activities, help his/mates. The student knows basic business terminologies and can differentiate between formal and informal communication:
  Emails and telephoning skills: The student can write business emails with no major mistakes, and is able to give convincing company presentations showing absolute control of the language, demonstrating extensive use of vocabulary.

  Excellent

  Grade 5
  The student has completed 80% of attendance and has participated extensively in class activities, help his/mates. The student knows basic business terminologies and can differentiate between formal and informal communication:
  Emails and telephoning skills: The student can write business emails without mistakes, and is able to give convincing company presentations showing absolute control of the language, demonstrating extensive use of vocabulary.

•   Business Game 3B00CW90-3007 28.10.2019-17.12.2019  4 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  In this course students operate as a management team of a global company. Management teams come up with a company strategy and make decisions to maximize the profits and company value. Company operations are carried out in a business simulation game in a competitive team environment.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Utilize the role of strategy as a key success factor.
  Learn the interdependence between the different company operations.
  Develop their knowledge and skills in financial review, company analysis, and strategy formulation.
  Develop tools for their entrepreneurial thinking.

  Course contents

  What is a role of a strategy to manage a company?
  How does product portfolio, pricing, marketing and product features impact the demand of the product?
  How to analyze company's financial performance and how to impact it?
  How to work as a successful team utilizing each team players' strengths?

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Recommended or required reading

  Material available in Tabula (lectures and business simulation guide)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Learning simulation, lectures, quiz, coaching

  Assessment methods and criteria

  * Quality of written tasks and ranking and performance in the game (grade 0-5)
  * Final presentation (0-5)
  * Quiz and company audit (pass/fail)
  ATTENDANCE and activity impact the grade:
  *2 absences; impact on grade -1, 3 absences; impact on grade -2, 4 or more absences; impact on grade -3

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  28.10.2019 - 17.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 07.10.2019

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Adrián Somlósi-Kovács, Pia Lamminsivu

  Further information for students

  The detailled schedule will be presented in the first lecture. THE FIRST HALF OF THE COURSE REQUIRES A LOT OF PRESENCE. During the latter half of the course the teams can work also out of the class if the team follows the course deadlines. The last Business Game meeting is reserved for the teams' final presentation (mandatory participation).

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  The game has several game rounds. The schedule of the rounds will be presented in the first lecture. The course will end with the final presentation.

  Students use of time and load

  4 credit points (27 hours per credit point)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student does not participate to the team work or does not do the mandatory course tasks.

  Satisfactory

  The student is participating to the team work but has great trouble to read the market and company information and utilize that data in decision making. The student is struggling to see the link between the decisions in different company functions and the financial outcome. The student has done all the required course tasks but the quality of those tasks is inadequate.

  Good

  The student actively participates to the teamwork and returns all the required tasks with good quality. The student is able to analyze the market and company information in order to form a company strategy. The student shows progress in decision making so that the company's financial status will improve. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a presentation about the company strategy and value and answer to the questions relating those topics.

  Excellent

  The student is actively participating to the teamwork and is demonstrating a problem-solving attitude. The student successfully analyzes the market and company information in order to form a rational company strategy and is able to make decisions aligned with the chosen strategy. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a clear and justified presentation about the company strategy and the company value. The student is able to answer to various questions about the market situation and the company's value proposal.

•   Business Game 3B00CW90-3008 28.10.2019-17.12.2019  4 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  In this course students operate as a management team of a global company. Management teams come up with a company strategy and make decisions to maximize the profits and company value. Company operations are carried out in a business simulation game in a competitive team environment.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Utilize the role of strategy as a key success factor.
  Learn the interdependence between the different company operations.
  Develop their knowledge and skills in financial review, company analysis, and strategy formulation.
  Develop tools for their entrepreneurial thinking.

  Course contents

  What is a role of a strategy to manage a company?
  How does product portfolio, pricing, marketing and product features impact the demand of the product?
  How to analyze company's financial performance and how to impact it?
  How to work as a successful team utilizing each team players' strengths?

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Recommended or required reading

  Material available in Tabula (lectures and business simulation guide)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Learning simulation, lectures, quiz, coaching

  Assessment methods and criteria

  * Quality of written tasks and ranking and performance in the game (grade 0-5)
  * Final presentation (0-5)
  * Quiz and company audit (pass/fail)
  ATTENDANCE and activity impact the grade:
  *2 absences; impact on grade -1, 3 absences; impact on grade -2, 4 or more absences; impact on grade -3

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  28.10.2019 - 17.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 24.09.2019

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Adrián Somlósi-Kovács, Pia Lamminsivu

  Further information for students

  The detailled schedule will be presented in the first lecture. THE FIRST HALF OF THE COURSE REQUIRES A LOT OF PRESENCE. During the latter half of the course the teams can work also out of the class if the team follows the course deadlines. The last Business Game meeting is reserved for the teams' final presentation (mandatory participation).

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  The game has several game rounds. The schedule of the rounds will be presented in the first lecture. The course will end with the final presentation.

  Students use of time and load

  4 credit points (27 hours per credit point)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student does not participate to the team work or does not do the mandatory course tasks.

  Satisfactory

  The student is participating to the team work but has great trouble to read the market and company information and utilize that data in decision making. The student is struggling to see the link between the decisions in different company functions and the financial outcome. The student has done all the required course tasks but the quality of those tasks is inadequate.

  Good

  The student actively participates to the teamwork and returns all the required tasks with good quality. The student is able to analyze the market and company information in order to form a company strategy. The student shows progress in decision making so that the company's financial status will improve. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a presentation about the company strategy and value and answer to the questions relating those topics.

  Excellent

  The student is actively participating to the teamwork and is demonstrating a problem-solving attitude. The student successfully analyzes the market and company information in order to form a rational company strategy and is able to make decisions aligned with the chosen strategy. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a clear and justified presentation about the company strategy and the company value. The student is able to answer to various questions about the market situation and the company's value proposal.

•   Business Game 3B00CW90-3009 08.01.2020-12.02.2020  4 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  In this course students operate as a management team of a global company. Management teams come up with a company strategy and make decisions to maximize the profits and company value. Company operations are carried out in a business simulation game in a competitive team environment.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Utilize the role of strategy as a key success factor.
  Learn the interdependence between the different company operations.
  Develop their knowledge and skills in financial review, company analysis, and strategy formulation.
  Develop tools for their entrepreneurial thinking.

  Course contents

  What is a role of a strategy to manage a company?
  How does product portfolio, pricing, marketing and product features impact the demand of the product?
  How to analyze company's financial performance and how to impact it?
  How to work as a successful team utilizing each team players' strengths?

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Recommended or required reading

  Material available in Tabula (lectures and business simulation guide)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Learning simulation, lectures, quiz, coaching

  Assessment methods and criteria

  * Quality of written tasks and ranking and performance in the game (grade 0-5)
  * Final presentation (0-5)
  * Quiz and company audit (pass/fail)
  ATTENDANCE and activity impact the grade:
  *2 absences; impact on grade -1, 3 absences; impact on grade -2, 4 or more absences; impact on grade -3

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  08.01.2020 - 12.02.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 07.01.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 35

  Teacher(s)

  Adrián Somlósi-Kovács, Pia Lamminsivu

  Further information for students

  The detailled schedule will be presented in the first lecture. THE FIRST HALF OF THE COURSE REQUIRES A LOT OF PRESENCE. During the latter half of the course the teams can work also out of the class if the team follows the course deadlines. The last Business Game meeting is reserved for the teams' final presentation (mandatory participation).

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  The game has several game rounds. The schedule of the rounds will be presented in the first lecture. The course will end with the final presentation.

  Students use of time and load

  4 credit points (27 hours per credit point)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is participating to the team work but has great trouble to read the market and company information and utilize that data in decision making. The student is struggling to see the link between the decisions in different company functions and the financial outcome. The student has done all the required course tasks but the quality of those tasks is inadequate.

  Good

  The student actively participates to the teamwork and returns all the required tasks with good quality. The student is able to analyze the market and company information in order to form a company strategy. The student shows progress in decision making so that the company's financial status will improve. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a presentation about the company strategy and value and answer to the questions relating those topics.

  Excellent

  The student is actively participating to the teamwork and is demonstrating a problem-solving attitude. The student successfully analyzes the market and company information in order to form a rational company strategy and is able to make decisions aligned with the chosen strategy. The student understands the link between the various company functions. The student is able to give a clear and justified presentation about the company strategy and the company value. The student is able to answer to various questions about the market situation and the company's value proposal.

•   Business Planning 1 3B00DV79-3001 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This business planning course provides both basic theory and hands-on guidance to business planning. Primary objective is for students to learn the basics of business planning (1st period) and be able to create such a plan (2nd period) for a virtual company.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand the structure of a typical business plan
  • Describe the purpose of each element of the business plan
  • Apply basic business planning principles for the virtual company

  Course contents

  • What is the importance of a business plan?
  • What are the business idea, mission and vision of a business?
  • How to define value proposition for different customer segments?
  • How to position your own business in the market and gain competitive advantage?
  • How to frame an opportunity and draft a business model?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the core elements needed for starting a company, the stages of a start-up process and the core concepts of business planning. He/she is able to draft a viable business idea and give and receive feedback related to business planning. The student can collaborate in a small group on business planning tasks and take responsibility of own studies related to business planning.

  Good

  The student is able to explain the core elements needed for starting a company, the stages of a start-up process and the core concepts of business planning. The student is able to draft a business idea by applying the entrepreneurial approach, and give and receive constructive feedback related to business planning. He/she takes responsibility of his/her own studies and group work related to business planning

  Excellent

  The student is able to analyse systematically what is needed for business planning of a start-up company and use additional and recent sources to extend knowledge of business planning. He/she is able to justify the credibility of the business idea. The student commits himself/herself to own studies and group work related to business planning.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Tuomo Soini

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Business Planning 1 3B00DV79-3002 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This business planning course provides both basic theory and hands-on guidance to business planning. Primary objective is for students to learn the basics of business planning (1st period) and be able to create such a plan (2nd period) for a virtual company.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand the structure of a typical business plan
  • Describe the purpose of each element of the business plan
  • Apply basic business planning principles for the virtual company

  Course contents

  • What is the importance of a business plan?
  • What are the business idea, mission and vision of a business?
  • How to define value proposition for different customer segments?
  • How to position your own business in the market and gain competitive advantage?
  • How to frame an opportunity and draft a business model?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the core elements needed for starting a company, the stages of a start-up process and the core concepts of business planning. He/she is able to draft a viable business idea and give and receive feedback related to business planning. The student can collaborate in a small group on business planning tasks and take responsibility of own studies related to business planning.

  Good

  The student is able to explain the core elements needed for starting a company, the stages of a start-up process and the core concepts of business planning. The student is able to draft a business idea by applying the entrepreneurial approach, and give and receive constructive feedback related to business planning. He/she takes responsibility of his/her own studies and group work related to business planning

  Excellent

  The student is able to analyse systematically what is needed for business planning of a start-up company and use additional and recent sources to extend knowledge of business planning. He/she is able to justify the credibility of the business idea. The student commits himself/herself to own studies and group work related to business planning.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Tuomo Soini

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Business Planning 2 3B00DV95-3001 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This business planning course provides both basic theory and hands-on guidance to business planning. Primary objective is for students to learn the basics of business planning (1st period) and be able to create such a plan (2nd period) for a virtual company.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand the structure of a typical business plan
  • Describe the purpose of each element of the business plan
  • Apply basic business planning principles

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Business Planning 1

  Course contents

  • What are the features of a good business plan?
  • How to create business plan for the virtual company?
  • How to determine prices for the products and services?
  • Which actions should be taken when implementing a business plan?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the core elements of a business plan and a business model. The student is able to create a viable business plan including the business model. He/she is able to give and receive feedback related to business planning and collaborate in a small group on business planning tasks. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studies related to business planning.

  Good

  The student is able to explain the core elements of a business plan and the core elements of a business model. He/she can create a coherent and credible business plan including the business model. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback related to business planning and take responsibility of his/her studies and group work related to business planning.

  Excellent

  The student can use additional and recent sources to extend knowledge of business planning and business models. The student is able to justify the decisions in the business plan with proper analysis and commit himself/herself to individual studies and group work related to business planning.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Tuomo Soini

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Business Planning 2 3B00DV95-3002 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This business planning course provides both basic theory and hands-on guidance to business planning. Primary objective is for students to learn the basics of business planning (1st period) and be able to create such a plan (2nd period) for a virtual company.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand the structure of a typical business plan
  • Describe the purpose of each element of the business plan
  • Apply basic business planning principles

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Business Planning 1

  Course contents

  • What are the features of a good business plan?
  • How to create business plan for the virtual company?
  • How to determine prices for the products and services?
  • Which actions should be taken when implementing a business plan?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the core elements of a business plan and a business model. The student is able to create a viable business plan including the business model. He/she is able to give and receive feedback related to business planning and collaborate in a small group on business planning tasks. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studies related to business planning.

  Good

  The student is able to explain the core elements of a business plan and the core elements of a business model. He/she can create a coherent and credible business plan including the business model. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback related to business planning and take responsibility of his/her studies and group work related to business planning.

  Excellent

  The student can use additional and recent sources to extend knowledge of business planning and business models. The student is able to justify the decisions in the business plan with proper analysis and commit himself/herself to individual studies and group work related to business planning.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Tuomo Soini

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Conflict Management and Communication 3B00CX26-3005 19.02.2020-15.05.2020  5 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course aims at improving the students’ understanding of conflict management, resolution and communication, in a company or organization environment. Furthermore, crisis communication is among the essential topics of the course.
  
  There is an increasing need for settling disputes between individuals and groups of individuals, as a result of internationalization of business and a variety of financial restraints that cause tension among management and personnel of a company (internal conflict management). External conflict management deals with measures a company must take in order to control its brand, image, customer and stakeholder relations, in circumstances of uncertainties and even open conflicts.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  The course will include demonstrations, examples, creation of conflict and crisis resolution strategy/plans, communication rehearsals and analyses. It is suitable for students who are interested in developing one’s conflict and crisis management abilities, especially in terms of communication.

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Kai Hintsanen

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  19.02.2020 - 15.05.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 16.02.2020

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  17IB

  VAPAA

  Seats

  0 - 25

  Teacher(s)

  Kai Hintsanen, Sean Morga

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Conflict Management and Communication 3B00CX26-3004 04.09.2019-20.11.2019  5 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course aims at improving the students’ understanding of conflict management, resolution and communication, in a company or organization environment. Furthermore, crisis communication is among the essential topics of the course.
  
  There is an increasing need for settling disputes between individuals and groups of individuals, as a result of internationalization of business and a variety of financial restraints that cause tension among management and personnel of a company (internal conflict management). External conflict management deals with measures a company must take in order to control its brand, image, customer and stakeholder relations, in circumstances of uncertainties and even open conflicts.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  The course will include demonstrations, examples, creation of conflict and crisis resolution strategy/plans, communication rehearsals and analyses. It is suitable for students who are interested in developing one’s conflict and crisis management abilities, especially in terms of communication.

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Kai Hintsanen

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  04.09.2019 - 20.11.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 03.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  17IB

  19KVHN2

  VAPAA

  Seats

  0 - 25

  Teacher(s)

  Kai Hintsanen, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Consultation Projects 3B00CX00-3003 08.10.2019-10.12.2019  10 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course goes through the different steps of product or service design process in practice. It gives a good understanding of how the idea is developed into a ready product or service. The course approach is practical: teams of 3-4 students pick up project from real commissioner or start project of their own.
  
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Apply the concepts and theories of product and service design into practice
  Carry out consultation projects in product and service design area
  Accomplish the project, analyze and report the results to customer
  Plan and implement a project independently and as member of a team.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Innovations and Business Management course

  Course contents

  How to implement product design project in practice?
  How to implement service design project in practice?
  How to manage the customer interface in consultation projects?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tuula Andersson

  Recommended or required reading

  "Lean service creation" by Risto Sarvas, Hanno Nevanlinna, Juha Pesonen by Futurice.
  "Blue Ocean Shift" by Chan Kim W and Maubourgne Reneé
  Literature from Innovations and Business management course.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Active participation into consultation project for a selected commissioner in small teams.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Evaluation is based on the work in small teams, project results and participation into coaching sessions with teachers.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  08.10.2019 - 10.12.2019

  Registration

  01.07.2019 - 08.09.2019

  Credits

  10 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Tuula Andersson

  Further information for students

  The first meeting Oct. 8 will be held together with implementation 3004, at 2:15 in classroom B5-31.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  10 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  Working actively for the commissioner

  Exam schedule

  No exam. Upgrading of the final grade must be discussed individually with the instructors. The grade will be composed of teamwork and individual upgrading is difficult. Students are requested to take this into account in their work for the course.

  International connections

  Commissioner from a company in Czech republic and other international companies.

  Students use of time and load

  10 credits x 27 hours = 270 hours of student work altogether.
  Most of the work is done outside lectures in small teams.

  Content periodicity

  Teacher coaching sessions every Tuesday from 14:15 to 16:45. Teams are expected to be present and able to work during the coaching sessions. Otherwise teams must plan their working scedule independently. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student is not able to work in a small team as agreed in their team agreement. Student is not able to deliver project results on his/hers own behalf
  Student doesn't understand the principles of innovation process, product and service design. Student is not able to participate coaching sessions.

  Satisfactory

  The student can apply the concepts and theories of product and service design into practice. He/she can carry out simple consultation projects in product and service design area. Under supervision and with the support of a mentor, the student is able to accomplish the project and report the results to the customer. He/she can support a consultation project as member of a team.

  Good

  The student is familiar with the concepts and theories of product and service design and can utilise these concepts in a practical business case consultation project. He/she can independently and as a member of a group carry out consultation projects in the product and service design area. The student is able to plan, implement, and evaluate consultation projects and is able to report the project results to the customer. He/she can contribute to the outcomes of a consultation project as member of a team.

  Excellent

  The student has in-depth understanding of the concepts and theories of product and service design and can utilise these concepts in a practical business case consultation project. He/she can independently and as a member of a group carry out consultation projects in the product and service design area, plus he/she is able to reflect on his/her own service design work progress. The student is able to plan, implement, and evaluate consultation projects and is able to report the project results to the customer. He/she can contribute and enhance the outcomes of a consultation project as member of a team. The student actively facilitates the outcome of the consultation project

•   Consultation Projects 3B00CX00-3004 06.08.2019-10.12.2019  10 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course goes through the different steps of product or service design process in practice. It gives a good understanding of how the idea is developed into a ready product or service. The course approach is practical: teams of 3-4 students pick up project from real commissioner or start project of their own.
  
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Apply the concepts and theories of product and service design into practice
  Carry out consultation projects in product and service design area
  Accomplish the project, analyze and report the results to customer
  Plan and implement a project independently and as member of a team.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Innovations and Business Management course

  Course contents

  How to implement product design project in practice?
  How to implement service design project in practice?
  How to manage the customer interface in consultation projects?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Recommended or required reading

  "Lean service creation" by Risto Sarvas, Hanno Nevanlinna, Juha Pesonen by Futurice.
  "Blue Ocean Shift" by Chan Kim W and Maubourgne Reneé
  Literature from Innovations and Business management course.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Active participation into consultation project for a selected commissioner in small teams.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  valuation is based on the work in small teams, project results and participation into coaching sessions with teachers. Peer evaluation will be in use.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  06.08.2019 - 10.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 10.09.2019

  Credits

  10 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  10 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  Working actively for the commissioner

  Exam schedule

  No exam. Upgrading of the final grade must be discussed individually with the instructors. The grade will be composed of teamwork and individual upgrading is difficult. Students are requested to take this into account in their work for the course.

  International connections

  Commissioner from a company in Czech republic and other international companies.

  Students use of time and load

  10 credits x 27 hours = 270 hours of student work altogether.
  Most of the work is done outside lectures in small teams.

  Content periodicity

  Teacher coaching sessions every Tuesday from 14:15 to 16:45. Teams are expected to be present and able to work during the coaching sessions. Otherwise teams must plan their working scedule independently.

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student is not able to work in a small team as agreed in their team agreement. Student is not able to deliver project results on his/hers own behalf
  Student doesn't understand the principles of innovation process, product and service design. Student is not able to participate coaching sessions.

  Satisfactory

  The student can apply the concepts and theories of product and service design into practice. He/she can carry out simple consultation projects in product and service design area. Under supervision and with the support of a mentor, the student is able to accomplish the project and report the results to the customer. He/she can support a consultation project as member of a team.

  Good

  The student is familiar with the concepts and theories of product and service design and can utilise these concepts in a practical business case consultation project. He/she can independently and as a member of a group carry out consultation projects in the product and service design area. The student is able to plan, implement, and evaluate consultation projects and is able to report the project results to the customer. He/she can contribute to the outcomes of a consultation project as member of a team.

  Excellent

  The student has in-depth understanding of the concepts and theories of product and service design and can utilise these concepts in a practical business case consultation project. He/she can independently and as a member of a group carry out consultation projects in the product and service design area, plus he/she is able to reflect on his/her own service design work progress. The student is able to plan, implement, and evaluate consultation projects and is able to report the project results to the customer. He/she can contribute and enhance the outcomes of a consultation project as member of a team. The student actively facilitates the outcome of the consultation project.

•   Corporate Finance 3B00CX01-3003 10.01.2020-17.04.2020  4 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course covers the basic aspects of corporate finance, the structure and functions of financial markets and elements of decision making on financial questions.
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  - Compare the investment opportunities of a company and define their profitability by using alternative investment decision criteria
  - Compare the alternative sources of corporate financing
  - Calculate the cost of capital
  - Define how risk relates to return
  - Describe the structure and functions of financial markets

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  - How do companies compare different investment opportunities?
  - What are the alternative sources of corporate financing?
  - How are risk and return related?
  - How is the cost of capital defined?
  - What is the structure and what are the functions of financial markets?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Recommended or required reading

  - Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, Global Edition, Second Edition. J.Berk, P.DeMarzo and J. Harford. Pearson International Edition.2019 or older edition
  - MyFinanceLab - online material
  - Tabula - online material

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  - lectures
  - assignments

  Assessment methods and criteria

  - Exam (80%)
  - Homework (20%)

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  10.01.2020 - 17.04.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 30

  Teacher(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Further information for students

  Lessons once a week during weeks 2-14/2020 + exam.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  ---

  Exam schedule

  Course exam on 17th of April, 2020 (preliminary).

  Students use of time and load

  4 ECTS, approximately 108 hours.

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has not achieved the objectives of the course.

  Satisfactory

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands fundamentals of corporate finance. Student recognizes, is able to determine and to a certain extent use the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance.

  Good

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance well.

  Excellent

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the fundamental concepts and models of corporate finance in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning.

•   Customer Intelligence, Research and Project Management 3B00CW89-3011 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  8 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The aims of this course are threefold. It provides the students understanding in customer intelligence: how to collect and analyze customer information in a reliable and useful way. It also gives the students basic knowledge of the necessary research approaches for their final thesis and possible further studies. In addition the course includes a project management module to develop skills in managing a multicultural business project.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to plan and execute a customer oriented research and development project in a scientifically reliable way.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Key questions:
  - What are the principles of valid and reliable research for business or
  academic world?
  - Which tools and methods can be used in increasing the understanding of
  customer needs to co-create customer value?
  - How to refine research data to customer intelligence?
  - How to communicate the results in an interesting way?
  - How to manage a research and development project successfully?

  Further information

  The course consists of lectures, exercises and the planning and execution of a customer related r&d project for a company or organization.
  
  Contents of the lectures:
  - Introduction: What is customer intelligence, What is academic research
  - Collecting and analyzing data in a reliable way
  - Introduction of qualitative methods
  - Introduction of quantitative methods
  - R&D process
  - Project Management principles
  
  Research and Development Project:
  Student teams find themselves a customer organization with an information and development need, execute data collection and analysis and give development suggestions based on their analysis. The outcomes will be presented in a public seminar, which is planned and managed by the students themselves.
  
  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  8 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Customer Intelligence, Research and Project Management 3B00CW89-3007 27.08.2019-13.12.2019  8 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The aims of this course are threefold. It provides the students understanding in customer intelligence: how to collect and analyze customer information in a reliable and useful way. It also gives the students basic knowledge of the necessary research approaches for their final thesis and possible further studies. In addition the course includes a project management module to develop skills in managing a multicultural business project.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to plan and execute a customer oriented research and development project in a scientifically reliable way.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Key questions:
  - What are the principles of valid and reliable research for business or
  academic world?
  - Which tools and methods can be used in increasing the understanding of
  customer needs to co-create customer value?
  - How to refine research data to customer intelligence?
  - How to communicate the results in an interesting way?
  - How to manage a research and development project successfully?

  Further information

  The course consists of lectures, exercises and the planning and execution of a customer related r&d project for a company or organization.
  
  Contents of the lectures:
  - Introduction: What is customer intelligence, What is academic research
  - Collecting and analyzing data in a reliable way
  - Introduction of qualitative methods
  - Introduction of quantitative methods
  - R&D process
  - Project Management principles
  
  Research and Development Project:
  Student teams find themselves a customer organization with an information and development need, execute data collection and analysis and give development suggestions based on their analysis. The outcomes will be presented in a public seminar, which is planned and managed by the students themselves.
  
  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Recommended or required reading

  Lecture slides and other material given in the lectures.
  Brown, T.J. and Suter, T. 2012. MR, USA: South-Western

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  contact teaching
  exercises
  practical work / research project

  Assessment methods and criteria

  - Theory, qualitative and quantitative methods 25%
  - Project Management (exercises, project planning and reporting, final seminar arrangements) 30%
  - CI project, 45% including the written plan, execution and final report and participating & presenting in the final seminar (teamwork). Peer evaluation may affect the grade of this part.
  All parts must be passed in order to get the final grade.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  27.08.2019 - 13.12.2019

  Registration

  01.08.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  8 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sven Rassl, Tuomo Soini

  Further information for students

  Tuomo Soini
  tel. 040 731 7995
  tuomo.soini@tuni.fi
  Sven Rassl
  tel. 040 707 8509
  sven.rassl@tuni.fi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  Student teams will find themselves a business company or other organization to be their customer in the practical Customer Intelligence / Research project and work in close cooperation with it throughout the whole process.

  Exam schedule

  Will be announced later.

  Students use of time and load

  The total of the course is 8 credits meaning about 215 hours of student work altogether. Contact teaching and consultation will be about 90 hours. Students' individual work is about 125 hours. Hence, it should be noticed that a great part of the course work is done outside the class hours both independently and in team meetings and the students are required to commit to the teamwork.
  The detailed course plan will be introduced on the first class.
  As deliverables students will produce the following:
  - contract with the customer
  - team agreement
  - project- and research plan
  - final research report
  - project end report
  - presentation (10 min) with visual material in the closing seminar

  Content periodicity

  Period 1
  Introduction to customer intelligence and research (S Rassl)
  Quantitative methods in customer intelligence (S Rassl)
  Qualitative methods in customer intelligence (T Soini)
  Project management (T Soini)
  Period 2
  R&D Project, weekly coaching (S Rassl and T Soini)
  Project management (T Soini)
  Final seminar arrangements
  Final seminar (MANDATORY PARTICIPATION)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands the premises and principles of research, customer intelligence and project management. Student recognizes, is able to determine and use the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management.
  The grade of the team project remains on the level 1 - 2.

  Good

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management well and is able to conduct reasoned analysis. The grade of the team project is 3 - 4.

  Excellent

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The grade of the team project is 4 - 5 and the individual exercises as well as participation in the class are on an excellent level.

•   Customer Intelligence, Research and Project Management 3B00CW89-3009 27.08.2019-31.12.2019  8 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The aims of this course are threefold. It provides the students understanding in customer intelligence: how to collect and analyze customer information in a reliable and useful way. It also gives the students basic knowledge of the necessary research approaches for their final thesis and possible further studies. In addition the course includes a project management module to develop skills in managing a multicultural business project.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to plan and execute a customer oriented research and development project in a scientifically reliable way.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Key questions:
  - What are the principles of valid and reliable research for business or
  academic world?
  - Which tools and methods can be used in increasing the understanding of
  customer needs to co-create customer value?
  - How to refine research data to customer intelligence?
  - How to communicate the results in an interesting way?
  - How to manage a research and development project successfully?

  Further information

  The course consists of lectures, exercises and the planning and execution of a customer related r&d project for a company or organization.
  
  Contents of the lectures:
  - Introduction: What is customer intelligence, What is academic research
  - Collecting and analyzing data in a reliable way
  - Introduction of qualitative methods
  - Introduction of quantitative methods
  - R&D process
  - Project Management principles
  
  Research and Development Project:
  Student teams find themselves a customer organization with an information and development need, execute data collection and analysis and give development suggestions based on their analysis. The outcomes will be presented in a public seminar, which is planned and managed by the students themselves.
  
  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Recommended or required reading

  Lecture slides and other material given in the lectures.
  Brown, T.J. and Suter, T. 2012. MR, USA: South-Western

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  contact teaching
  exercises
  practical work / research project

  Assessment methods and criteria

  - Theory, qualitative and quantitative methods 25%
  - Project Management (exercises, project planning and reporting, final seminar arrangements) 30%
  - CI project, 45% including the written plan, execution and final report and participating & presenting in the final seminar (teamwork). Peer evaluation may affect the grade of this part.
  All parts must be passed in order to get the final grade.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  27.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.08.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  8 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sven Rassl, Tuomo Soini

  Further information for students

  Tuomo Soini
  tel. 040 731 7995
  tuomo.soini@tuni.fi
  Sven Rassl
  tel. 040 707 8509
  sven.rassl@tuni.fi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  Student teams will find themselves a business company or other organization to be their customer in the practical Customer Intelligence / Research project and work in close cooperation with it throughout the whole process.

  Exam schedule

  Will be announced later.

  Students use of time and load

  The total of the course is 8 credits meaning about 215 hours of student work altogether. Contact teaching and consultation will be about 90 hours. Students' individual work is about 125 hours. Hence, it should be noticed that a great part of the course work is done outside the class hours both independently and in team meetings and the students are required to commit to the teamwork.
  The detailed course plan will be introduced on the first class.
  As deliverables students will produce the following:
  - contract with the customer
  - team agreement
  - project- and research plan
  - final research report
  - project end report
  - presentation (10 min) with visual material in the closing seminar

  Content periodicity

  Period 1
  Introduction to customer intelligence and research (S Rassl)
  Quantitative methods in customer intelligence (S Rassl)
  Qualitative methods in customer intelligence (T Soini)
  Project management (T Soini)
  Period 2
  R&D Project, weekly coaching (S Rassl and T Soini)
  Project management (T Soini)
  Final seminar arrangements
  Final seminar (MANDATORY PARTICIPATION)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands the premises and principles of research, customer intelligence and project management. Student recognizes, is able to determine and use the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management.
  The grade of the team project remains on the level 1 - 2.

  Good

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management well and is able to conduct reasoned analysis. The grade of the team project is 3 - 4.

  Excellent

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The grade of the team project is 4 - 5 and the individual exercises as well as participation in the class are on an excellent level.

•   Customer Intelligence, Research and Project Management 3B00CW89-3010 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  8 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The aims of this course are threefold. It provides the students understanding in customer intelligence: how to collect and analyze customer information in a reliable and useful way. It also gives the students basic knowledge of the necessary research approaches for their final thesis and possible further studies. In addition the course includes a project management module to develop skills in managing a multicultural business project.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to plan and execute a customer oriented research and development project in a scientifically reliable way.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Key questions:
  - What are the principles of valid and reliable research for business or
  academic world?
  - Which tools and methods can be used in increasing the understanding of
  customer needs to co-create customer value?
  - How to refine research data to customer intelligence?
  - How to communicate the results in an interesting way?
  - How to manage a research and development project successfully?

  Further information

  The course consists of lectures, exercises and the planning and execution of a customer related r&d project for a company or organization.
  
  Contents of the lectures:
  - Introduction: What is customer intelligence, What is academic research
  - Collecting and analyzing data in a reliable way
  - Introduction of qualitative methods
  - Introduction of quantitative methods
  - R&D process
  - Project Management principles
  
  Research and Development Project:
  Student teams find themselves a customer organization with an information and development need, execute data collection and analysis and give development suggestions based on their analysis. The outcomes will be presented in a public seminar, which is planned and managed by the students themselves.
  
  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Recommended or required reading

  Lecture slides and other material given in the lectures.
  Brown, T.J. and Suter, T. 2012. MR, USA: South-Western

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  contact teaching
  exercises
  practical work / research project

  Assessment methods and criteria

  - Theory, qualitative and quantitative methods 25%
  - Project Management (exercises, project planning and reporting, final seminar arrangements) 30%
  - CI project, 45% including the written plan, execution and final report and participating & presenting in the final seminar (teamwork). Peer evaluation may affect the grade of this part.
  All parts must be passed in order to get the final grade.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  8 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Tuula Andersson, Sari Matala, Adrián Somlósi-Kovács, Tuomo Soini

  Further information for students

  Tuomo Soini
  tel. 040 731 7995
  tuomo.soini@tuni.fi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  Student teams will find themselves a business company or other organisation to be their customer in the practical Customer Intelligence / Research project and work in close cooperation with it throughout the whole course.

  Exam schedule

  Will be announced later.

  Students use of time and load

  The total of the course is 8 credits meaning about 215 hours of student work altogether. Contact teaching and consultation will be about 90 hours. Students' individual work is about 125 hours. Hence, it should be noticed that a great part of the course work is done outside the class hours both independently and in team meetings and the students are required to commit to the teamwork.
  The detailed course plan will be introduced on the first class.
  As deliverables students will produce the following:
  - contract with the customer
  - team agreement
  - project- and research plan
  - final research report
  - project end report
  - presentation (10 min) with visual material in the closing seminar (that customers will participate, too)

  Content periodicity

  Period 1
  Introduction to customer intelligence and research (S Matala)
  Quantitative methods in customer intelligence (A Kovacks)
  Qualitative methods in customer intelligence (S Matala)
  Project management (T Soini)
  Period 2
  R&D Project, coaching (T Soini, T Andersson)
  Project management (T Soini)
  Final seminar arrangements
  Final seminar (MANDATORY PARTICIPATION)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course sufficiently. Student understands the premises and principles of research, customer intelligence and project management. Student recognizes, is able to determine and use the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management.
  The grade of the team project remains on the level 1 - 2.

  Good

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course well although the skills and competences are somewhat in need of further development. Student is able to determine and apply the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management well and is able to conduct reasoned analysis. The grade of the team project is 3 - 4.

  Excellent

  Student has achieved the objectives of the course excellently. The student masters the concepts and models of customer intelligence and project management in an excellent manner. Student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned analysis and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The grade of the team project is 4 - 5 and the individual exercises as well as participation in the class are on an excellent level.

•   Customer Journey and Marketing Analysis 3B00CX07-3003 14.04.2020-05.05.2020  3 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an independent continuation to the course Marketing in the Digital World. Contemporary digital marketing analytics tools are introduced in order to give the students basic skills in measuring the effectiveness of marketing actions. The students will also learn how to efficiently use information about customer needs and use experiences to develop customer relationships. It investigates the concepts of customer journey and value creation in the context of developing integrated marketing and enhancing customer experience.
  
  After completing this course the students will be able to
  • describe and use the concept of customer journey in analyzing
  customer experience
  • use some of the digital marketing analytics tools
  • use the information to develop customer relationships and
  marketing effectiveness

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Marketing in a Digital World, Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  What is customer journey and how is it exploited in marketing planning?
  What are the contents and meaning of value creation and customer experience in the context of customer relationships?
  What kind of marketing analytics tools are available to measure and analyze marketing effectiveness?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Hanna Pihlajarinne

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  14.04.2020 - 05.05.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 14.04.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Customer Journey and Marketing Analysis 3B00CX07-3004 08.04.2020-05.05.2020  3 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an independent continuation to the course Marketing in the Digital World. Contemporary digital marketing analytics tools are introduced in order to give the students basic skills in measuring the effectiveness of marketing actions. The students will also learn how to efficiently use information about customer needs and use experiences to develop customer relationships. It investigates the concepts of customer journey and value creation in the context of developing integrated marketing and enhancing customer experience.
  
  After completing this course the students will be able to
  • describe and use the concept of customer journey in analyzing
  customer experience
  • use some of the digital marketing analytics tools
  • use the information to develop customer relationships and
  marketing effectiveness

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Marketing in a Digital World, Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  What is customer journey and how is it exploited in marketing planning?
  What are the contents and meaning of value creation and customer experience in the context of customer relationships?
  What kind of marketing analytics tools are available to measure and analyze marketing effectiveness?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Hanna Pihlajarinne

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  08.04.2020 - 05.05.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 08.04.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Customer-oriented Business Design 3B00CX14-3003 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  7 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Students will learn to use service design methods. They will contact and communicate with their customers and develop their products further with them.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to
  - develop customer-oriented product or service by using different kind of service design methods
  - take into account customers’ needs
  - contact customers

  Course contents

  Course content
  - How to test customers’ needs and interests?
  - How to use tools for designing customer-oriented products and services?
  - How to succeed in customer meetings?

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  7 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   E-commerce Strategy and Planning 3B00FB63-3001 30.10.2019-03.12.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The students will learn about strategic planning in e-commerce business model. During this course the students will learn about different kinds of strategic actions and tools that can be used in e-commerce. The student will study different strategy options and make a strategic growth plan for an e-commerce business.
  
  After completing the course student will be able to
  - make a strategic growth plan for e-commerce
  - understand e-commerce risks and management
  - define scalability possibilities and obstacles

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Prerequisite: Business Planning 1 and 2, E-commerce and Platform Economy, or equivalent (Knowledge about digital platforms)

  Course contents

  • How to create an e-commerce strategy?
  • What does a company need for a growth strategy?
  • Why strategic thinking is important?
  • Core concepts of strategic management in e-commerce
  • Prerequisite: Business planning 1 & 2, E-commerce and platform economy, or equivalent

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to identify principles of the business strategy and strategic planning. He/she recognizes and is able to determine elements of growth strategy. The student is able to participate in a team project performing the given tasks in according to instructions.

  Good

  The student is able to determine and apply the concept and tools of the business strategy and strategic planning. He/she is able to conduct some analysis and suggest development actions suitable for the business strategy. The student actively contributes to a team project being able to receive and give constructive feedback.

  Excellent

  The student masters the concepts and different models of strategic planning and is able to connect business strategy to e-commerce strategy. He/she is able to conduct well-structured analysis and is able to create, evaluate and combine different solutions to a given e-commerce problem. The student acts in a flexible and constructive way in team projects developing the team’s interaction.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  30.10.2019 - 03.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  16IB

  17IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Jouni Viidanoja, Mari Helenius, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   E-commerce and Platform Economy 3B00FB61-3001 28.08.2019-02.10.2019  5 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course covers the basics of e-commerce and platform economy. The students are introduced to the theories of platform economy through variety of case studies and business examples. E-commerce ecosystems are studied and network theories applied to e-commerce ecosystems.
  After completing the course student will be able to
  - describe the theories of platform economy
  - understand the different revenue logics in e-commerce
  - define different networks, actors and interactions in ecosystem
  - build a platform economy based business model

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Prerequisite: Business Planning 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  • Network effects
  • Digital platforms
  • Knowing, understanding and applying digital technologies
  • Building e-commerce
  • Business Model Canvas
  • Prerequisite: Business planning 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student knows the basics of e-commerce and platform economy. He/she can use the basic terms and can define e-commerce. The student recognises and defines different theories in ecosystems and e-commerce business models. The student can perform the given tasks with routine performance. He/she has been partly active in participating the teamwork according to the peer evaluation.

  Good

  The student has achieved the course objectives well, but needs further development. He/she can apply theories accordingly. The student is able to structure between business models and earning logic. The student cooperates responsibly and has participated in the team work and classes actively contributing the final outcome with his/her knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations.

  Excellent

  The student has achieved the course objectives excellently. He/she masters the concepts and models of platform economy, business models and revenue models. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned e-commerce business model and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  28.08.2019 - 02.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  16IB

  17IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Jouni Viidanoja, Mari Helenius, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Emergency Supply Chain Management 3B00CX10-3003 11.03.2020-22.04.2020  2 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course provides students with a brief introduction on logistics and supply chain management. It identifies the major supply chain issues in the humanitarian sector, particularly as they relate to the emergencies and also reveals the need for cross-learning between the business and the humanitarian sector.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Understand the characteristics of a humanitarian supply chain management speed.
  Understand Humanitarian and emergency cycle
  Analys the Logistics cases from the ground: Red-Cross, DHL, NESA
  Understand the coordination and complexity in humanitarian SCM.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Logistics of humanitarian aid
  Preparedness
  Coordination
  Building a successfull partnership ( Private: TNT-WFP case)
  Reading materials and articles.

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sami Hämäläinen

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  11.03.2020 - 22.04.2020

  Registration

  17.01.2020 - 10.03.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sami Hämäläinen

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Enterprise Resource Planning 3B00CX11-3003 06.03.2020-28.04.2020  5 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course covers the primary ideas of Enterprise Resource Planning systems (ERP). The course focuses on SAP-system (integrated modules) from logistics point of view. It explores integration between the Transportation Management Systems (TMS) and Warehouse Management Systems (WMS). More information is available at www.logivo.fi.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Define the business process model and ERP selection criterias.
  Describe what enterprise resource planning (ERP) means.
  Support ERP project implementations.
  Navigate in SAP R/3 and Business One environment.
  Work in details with the SAP AIO module (sales and distribution, Material Management,).
  Act as a SAP user: Master data, material data.
  Plan the first phases in SAP customizing.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -The Basics of logistics is a prerequisite to this course

  Course contents

  Introduction to ERP systems
  Navigation in SAP AIO
  SAP AIO without WMS
  SAP AIO with WMS in partnership with guest lecturer from Belgium
  ERP implementation project as a cmpany based assignment
  SAP customizing.

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Lasse Hillman

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  06.03.2020 - 28.04.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 26.02.2020

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Lasse Hillman, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Experience Economy and Product Development 3B00CW93-3003 11.09.2019-13.11.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Experience Economy and Product Development course is introducing the nature of experience economy and it is focused on practical designing and analyzing experience products in tourism business. Students learn the special characteristics of products and services within tourism industry. Product design model for practical product development is studied.
  
  After completing the course students are able to:
  
  Understand the nature of product development in tourism business
  Apply the experience product design tools in product development process
  Analyze the existing products and to improve the quality of experience products

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Which are the characteristics of tourism products and services?
  
  How to apply experience design tools in tourism product development in practice?
  How to analyze the existing experience products and how to improve them?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sari Matala

  Recommended or required reading

  Will be specified later and published in Tabula

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures, team working, individual studying and reading, report writing, presentations
  IMPORTANT: Introduction to Experience Economy 3B00DV87-3001 (or basics of tourism) course must be completed before taking this course! You are not able to take this course, if you can't participate the first meeting during the week 37 and commit yourself in team working in a project.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Participating team project tasks, applying academic literature in reporting tasks, team assessment, company co-operation

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  11.09.2019 - 13.11.2019

  Registration

  10.08.2018 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Matala, Mauri Grönroos

  Further information for students

  IMPORTANT: Introduction to Experience Economy 3B00DV87-3001 (or basics of tourism) course must be completed before taking this course. You are not able to take this course, if you can't participate the first meeting during the week 37 and commit yourself in team working.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Must be discussed with teacher beforehand!

  Training and labour cooperation

  Project commissioned by a company or organized by students.

  Exam schedule

  No exam

  International connections

  International project teams

  Students use of time and load

  Team working 40h
  Individual studying 80h
  Lectures/meetings 15h

  Content periodicity

  Team working during weeks 37-46
  Weeks 37-38: Course and Task description, team building, lectures, team working, individual studying
  Week 39: Team working, visiting company, individual studying
  Weeks 40-42: Coach meeting and pitching ideas, team working, individual studying
  Week 43- 45: Coach meeting, team working
  Week 46: Team presentations

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  No participating in team working (team reflection), tasks are not returned or returned very late, task description is not followed, no applying academic literature.

  Satisfactory

  Participating team working is poor/superficial (team reflection). Student is able to produce text/presentations, but there are hardly any academic references. Experience Economy is not understood/identified completely. Lack/mistakes in applying and justifying (tourist segment and profile, business environment, trends/values/society etc.) Experience Pyramid (elements and levels) in case X, several mistakes in reference technique. No original or innovative ideas presented. Lack in presentation skills (level of voice, prepared/organized, reading directly from paper, contact to audience, professional touch), lack in presentation contents (essential contents in logic order, quality of presentation material, audio-visuality, output, length), obvious problems in team dynamics. No company co-operation exists or it is very superficial.

  Good

  Participating team working is active (team reflection). Student is able to produce text/presentations with several academic references. Experience Economy is understood/identified. Applying and justifying (tourist segment and profile, business environment, trends/values/society etc.) Experience Pyramid (elements and levels) in case X is mostly covered, minor mistakes in reference technique. Original or innovative ideas presented. Presentation skills (level of voice, prepared/organized, practiced beforehand not reading directly from paper, contact to audience, professional touch) and presentation contents (essential contents in logic order, quality of presentation material, audio-visuality, output, length) are on a good level, team dynamics works. Company co-operation clearly exists.

  Excellent

  Participating team working is very active (team reflection). Student is able to produce text/presentations with variety of academic references. Experience Economy is understood/identified analytically. Applying and justifying (tourist segment and profile, business environment, trends/values/society etc.) Experience Pyramid (elements and levels) in case X is applied on a professional way, reference technique is correct. Highly original, innovative and unique ideas are presented and justified. Presentation skills (level of voice, prepared/organized, practiced beforehand not reading directly from paper, contact to audience, professional touch) and presentation contents (essential contents in logic order, quality of presentation material, audio-visuality, output, length) are on an excellent level, team dynamics works significally well, “high team spirit”. Company co-operation is active.

•   Final Thesis Practicalities and Research Methods 3B00CX33-3003 01.01.2020-10.11.2020  2 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This online course introduces the practical issues involved in the final thesis process. The course concentrates on giving the students necessary information and competences to begin the final thesis process. This compulsory course must be completed before the student starts the writing process under the guidance of an assigned supervisor.
  
  
  After completing the course, the student will be able to:
  Describe the different forms of final thesis as well as the principles of thesis assessment in TAMK.
  Use the guides and instructions helping and regulating the final thesis process.
  Apply the basic research approaches applicable in BBA theses.
  Write a topic analysis with an appropriate form of thesis, literature review and frame of reference.
  Manage his/her final thesis process.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What does the concept of applied research mean?
  What are the main research methods for applied research?
  How does the final thesis process go in practice?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 10.11.2020

  Registration

  11.11.2019 - 10.11.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Matala, Tuomo Soini

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Financial Planning 3B00DV91-3001 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course presents the common financial practices when setting up a company, planning business profitability and working capital needs. The approach is practical with case studies.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Adopt the key elements for stable financial position of a company
  • Estimate and simulate profitability, Cost-Volume-Profit analysis
  • Prepare relevant financial projections for starting a company, budgeting
  • Set the needs for working capital
  • Attach financial plans, as part of business plan

  Course contents

  • What are the factors of profitable business?
  • How to make company profit and loss budget?
  • How to estimate cash flow needs?
  • How to simulate and improve company profitability?
  • What are the local aspects of company financials?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognizes the role and meaning of management accounting in a company. He/she understands the relevant managerial accounting principles and practices used by companies. The student is able to define the importance of the financial planning process and name the important fields within management accounting. The student identifies typical management accounting tools and methods in use; he/she can make basic financial plans and managerial calculations and solve accounting cases by making simple calculations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner. The student can act as part of a team.

  Good

  The student connects the role of management accounting in company operations. He/she structures the course themes with financial accounting by applying the tools and concepts used by companies. He/she explains why and how to use various management accounting methods for targeting profitable business. The student makes simple profitability calculations with simulation analysis and company's financial projections by applying the meaning of margin. The student makes relevant financial comparisons for management decisions and simulates outcome with various accounting factors. The student gives and receives constructive feedback; he/she is able to operate in professional manner by recognising relevant scope and needs. He develops his interaction skills by adding value to the team.

  Excellent

  The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He finds and translates the course themes with working life connections. He expands the context by bringing new perspectives, he analyses the selected management accounting methods. The student adopts the financial mindset, with academic perspective. The student builds creative solutions by combining various course themes. He/she evaluates the outcomes and looks for new opportunities. He/she can justify the decisions made by using the calculations presented. The student aims for alternative perspectives; he/she brings maturity and applies relevant details as needed. The student uses the feedback and iterates his learning process. He/she adds collaboration by being an asset for the team. The student develops creative and constructive working methods by bringing professional commitment throughout the course.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Financial Planning 3B00DV91-3002 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course presents the common financial practices when setting up a company, planning business profitability and working capital needs. The approach is practical with case studies.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Adopt the key elements for stable financial position of a company
  • Estimate and simulate profitability, Cost-Volume-Profit analysis
  • Prepare relevant financial projections for starting a company, budgeting
  • Set the needs for working capital
  • Attach financial plans, as part of business plan

  Course contents

  • What are the factors of profitable business?
  • How to make company profit and loss budget?
  • How to estimate cash flow needs?
  • How to simulate and improve company profitability?
  • What are the local aspects of company financials?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognizes the role and meaning of management accounting in a company. He/she understands the relevant managerial accounting principles and practices used by companies. The student is able to define the importance of the financial planning process and name the important fields within management accounting. The student identifies typical management accounting tools and methods in use; he/she can make basic financial plans and managerial calculations and solve accounting cases by making simple calculations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner. The student can act as part of a team.

  Good

  The student connects the role of management accounting in company operations. He/she structures the course themes with financial accounting by applying the tools and concepts used by companies. He/she explains why and how to use various management accounting methods for targeting profitable business. The student makes simple profitability calculations with simulation analysis and company's financial projections by applying the meaning of margin. The student makes relevant financial comparisons for management decisions and simulates outcome with various accounting factors. The student gives and receives constructive feedback; he/she is able to operate in professional manner by recognising relevant scope and needs. He develops his interaction skills by adding value to the team.

  Excellent

  The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He finds and translates the course themes with working life connections. He expands the context by bringing new perspectives, he analyses the selected management accounting methods. The student adopts the financial mindset, with academic perspective. The student builds creative solutions by combining various course themes. He/she evaluates the outcomes and looks for new opportunities. He/she can justify the decisions made by using the calculations presented. The student aims for alternative perspectives; he/she brings maturity and applies relevant details as needed. The student uses the feedback and iterates his learning process. He/she adds collaboration by being an asset for the team. The student develops creative and constructive working methods by bringing professional commitment throughout the course.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Financial Statements 3B00DW07-3001 02.03.2020-31.07.2020  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the course students will continue bookkeeping in virtual companies. At the end of the course they will prepare the financial statements.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Record basic business transactions in accounting
  • Prepare income statement and balance sheet for a small firm

  Course contents

  • How are business transactions recorded in accounting?
  • How are financial statements prepared?
  • What do annual reports include?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting, income statement and balance sheet. The student knows the basic functions of bookkeeping software. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

  Good

  The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting. He/she knows how income statement and balance sheet are prepared. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

  Excellent

  The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting and financial statements in an excellent manner. The student is able to analyse financial statements and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Financial Statements 3B00DW07-3002 02.03.2020-31.07.2020  2 cr  (19IB5, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the course students will continue bookkeeping in virtual companies. At the end of the course they will prepare the financial statements.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Record basic business transactions in accounting
  • Prepare income statement and balance sheet for a small firm

  Course contents

  • How are business transactions recorded in accounting?
  • How are financial statements prepared?
  • What do annual reports include?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise and define fundamentals of financial accounting, income statement and balance sheet. The student knows the basic functions of bookkeeping software. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

  Good

  The student is able to determine and apply the fundamental concepts of financial accounting. He/she knows how income statement and balance sheet are prepared. The student can use bookkeeping software at a basic level. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

  Excellent

  The student masters the fundamental concepts of financial accounting and financial statements in an excellent manner. The student is able to analyse financial statements and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student can use bookkeeping software well at a basic level. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB5

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  Teacher(s)

  Pia Lamminsivu

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Finnish as Foreign Language 1 3B00DW21-3001 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  5 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course provides the basics of the Finnish language and culture (estimated level A1.2)
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Use the basic structure of Finnish.
  • Manage in Finnish in basic situations like simple shopping and travelling.
  • Learn to build up their vocabulary.
  • Know forms of politeness in Finnish.
  • Know how to write brief messages connected to everyday life.

  Course contents

  • How is Finnish pronounced?
  • Why do I need to pay attention to how words are written?
  • How to make simple statements, ask questions and answer them?
  • How to write short messages in Finnish?
  • What to say in situations like shopping, travelling in Finland?
  • How to be polite, and build up small talk in Finnish?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student has completed all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. The student is able to tell a few things about oneself in Finnish comprehensively. The student recognises typical grammatic structures like possessive structure, verb types and partitive.

  Good

  The student has an active attitude towards studying Finnish language and culture showing that by completing written tasks according to the schedule. The student is able to use the typical grammatic structures like possessive structure, verb types and partitive in simple sentences. He/she is able to cope in most common everyday situations like introducing and shopping and tell simple things about his/her day, family, spare time etc. The student is able to write brief messages (e.g. e-mail, text message, and post card) in Finnish and is able to pronounce Finnish clearly enough.

  Excellent

  The student has a positive and active attitude towards learning Finnish and is genuinely interested in Finnish culture, and brings it up by comparing Finnish culture to his/her own. He/she can pronounce Finnish distinctively and is able to use suitable and varied expressions in everyday situations using grammar almost correctly. The student is able to write brief texts in Finnish, which are mostly correct.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  25.11.2019 - 12.01.2020

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB3

  19IB4

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Ella Hakala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Finnish as a Foreign Language 2 3B00CX18-3003 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  5 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course builds up the knowledge and use of Finnish language in everyday situations, and it also provides wider perspective to Finnish culture. Estimated level A2.1.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Tell about future plans to a Finn in common situations.
  Understand standard business related messages in Finnish.
  Understand standard spoken Finnish.
  Communicate with Finns in typical occasions.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  - Finnish as a Foreign Language 1 (5 cr) or equivalent knowledge.

  Course contents

  How to express plans in good and clear manner in Finnish, spoken and written?
  How to actively broaden vocabulary in daily situations?
  How to understand basic business communication in Finnish?
  What are the most common features of spoken Finnish?
  How to become an observer of Finnish culture and learn about that?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Ella Hakala

  Recommended or required reading

  Study book Sun suomi Finnish for beginners
  Teachers materials in Tabula

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  contact teaching, activating written tasks, study conversation, discussion exercises, collaborative learning, games, exercises

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Assessment is based on the student's activity during given lessons, written assignments, group work in the class, mid-term exam and final exam. In order to pass the course, the student's attendance must be 80 % of classwork, (s)he has to pass mid-term exam and the final exam and have required written assignments completed.
  The scale of assessment: 0 (failed) - 5 (excellent).

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Ella Hakala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  The date of the exam will be informed later on the course.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  A student has completed all the assignments acceptably and attended contact lessons at least 80 %. She/he is able to tell some things about her/his future plans in Finnish in most common situations. She/he is able to tell some simple things of the past and cope to some extent in situations in which Finns use spoken language.

  Good

  A student has an active attitude towards studying Finnish language and culture showing that by completing written tasks according to the schedule plus doing homework regularly. She/he is able to tell about future plans in simple way understandably in common situations. She/he is able to talk about the past. She/he is able to explain her/his ideas and plans understandably. She/he comprehends main topics in everyday conversations with Finns who talk standard spoken language.

  Excellent

  A student has a positive and active attitude towards learning language and is genuinely interested in Finnish culture, and brings it up by expressing her/his findings about cultural matters. A student is able to talk understandably about the past and express her/himself in various ways. She/he can cope in situations with Finns talking standard spoken Finnish, when topics are related to matters she/he is interested in, and/or when topics concern everyday life.

•   Finnish as a Foreign Language 3 3B00CX19-3003 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  2 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course builds up the use of Finnish and provides the knowledge and practices how to act as a job applicant. Estimated level A2.2.
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  Search work on the internet and from other sources
  Get information on available jobs
  Write a job application in Finnish

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Finnish as a Foreign Language 1 and Finnish as a Foreign Language 2 completed or equivalent knowledge.10 credits of studies up to the level A2.1.

  Course contents

  How to communicate in Finnish in business context?
  How to find information on available jobs?
  How to apply for a job?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Ella Hakala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Global Business Trends 3B00CX29-3002 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  5 cr  (17IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course focuses on the increasing importance of the international dimension of business. The students choose one major theme for their independent learning project which concentrates on one major theory or framework to broaden their understanding of international business strategies to prepare students for an internationally oriented career. There are internationalization business topics covered in areas of: Financing, taxation, organization, management, business policies, marketing, human resources, political risk assessment, E-commerce and economic integration.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Have an ability to assess the effects of major economic, management, social and technical trends and factors on businesses operating internationally.
  Have an understanding of shifting competitive advantage and international strategy formation and evolution in major manufacturing and service sectors.
  Have the ability to use relevant sources of information to carry out research in their chosen topic.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What are the critical issues in international business?
  How to conduct an individual/group project on international business issue?
  How to integrate theory with practice through research/development oriented project?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Kai Hintsanen

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  17IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 30

  Teacher(s)

  Sven Rassl, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  1 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  - The student is unable to meet with the learning outcome requirements.

  Satisfactory

  - The student shows some basic understanding of the future business trends.
  - The student is aware of the changes that are taking place in international business
  - The student is able to give examples of some of the business megatrends

  Good

  - The student shows advanced understanding of the future trends in international business
  - The student is able to give examples of the effects of digitalization, robotization, climate change, smart cities and other future trends and their impact on doing business.
  - The student is able to demonstrate how those trends will affect doing business.

  Excellent

  - The student is able to analyze economically and operationally how the future megatrends will affect doing international business.
  - The student can prepare and perform an industry level briefing on the charasteristics of the chosen field's future trends.
  - The student takes it for granted that the future trends are very much different from the past ones.

•   Global Economics 3B00DW13-3001 02.03.2020-31.07.2020  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  National economies are an integral part of the global economy. Issues and events in global economy have strong influence upon the function of national economy.
  The course aims at familiarizing the students with global institutions, agreements, events, trends and their relationship to the national economy.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  • Understand the benefits of specialization and the impact on trade and investment
  • Know trade barriers and their background factors
  • Understand exchange and interest rate mechanisms
  • Conceptualize the role of global organizations
  • Understand trade liberalization and regional economic integration
  • Relationships among national economy, national debt and the international rating agencies

  Course contents

  • What are the benefits of global trade?
  • What are the main international trade theories?
  • What are the effects of trade barriers on national economies?
  • What are the reasons behind exchange and interest rate volatility?
  • What is the role of economic integration in world trade?
  • How the rating agencies influence national borrowing rate?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can give the fundamentals for the question: What is global economics about? He/she recognises the difference between micro and macro economy and is able to name essential factors in the field of macro economy. He/she manages to identify the factors that affect an economy. The student can give and receive feedback.

  Good

  The student applies the connections between global economic factors like GDP, GNP, inflation, interest rates and other relevant macro-economic factors. He/she knows the relevant terms and connections and can explain basic cause-effect relationships. He/she sees the importance of global trade and adopts various macro theories. The student gives and receives constructive feedback and develops his/her skills for co-operation.

  Excellent

  The student analyses and translates the connections within global economy factors. He/she can generalise complicated theories by seeing the relevancy behind the economic signals. He/she can explain economic fluctuations and reasons behind them. He/she justifies outcome for various global assumptions, formulating the impacts of GDP, inflation, employment and other factors related. He/she finds the links between global economy factors by evaluating the information available. The student uses feedback to grow professionally, he/she develops creative and flexible mindset and works in a responsible manner.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Global Economics 3B00DW13-3002 02.03.2020-31.07.2020  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  National economies are an integral part of the global economy. Issues and events in global economy have strong influence upon the function of national economy.
  The course aims at familiarizing the students with global institutions, agreements, events, trends and their relationship to the national economy.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  • Understand the benefits of specialization and the impact on trade and investment
  • Know trade barriers and their background factors
  • Understand exchange and interest rate mechanisms
  • Conceptualize the role of global organizations
  • Understand trade liberalization and regional economic integration
  • Relationships among national economy, national debt and the international rating agencies

  Course contents

  • What are the benefits of global trade?
  • What are the main international trade theories?
  • What are the effects of trade barriers on national economies?
  • What are the reasons behind exchange and interest rate volatility?
  • What is the role of economic integration in world trade?
  • How the rating agencies influence national borrowing rate?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can give the fundamentals for the question: What is global economics about? He/she recognises the difference between micro and macro economy and is able to name essential factors in the field of macro economy. He/she manages to identify the factors that affect an economy. The student can give and receive feedback.

  Good

  The student applies the connections between global economic factors like GDP, GNP, inflation, interest rates and other relevant macro-economic factors. He/she knows the relevant terms and connections and can explain basic cause-effect relationships. He/she sees the importance of global trade and adopts various macro theories. The student gives and receives constructive feedback and develops his/her skills for co-operation.

  Excellent

  The student analyses and translates the connections within global economy factors. He/she can generalise complicated theories by seeing the relevancy behind the economic signals. He/she can explain economic fluctuations and reasons behind them. He/she justifies outcome for various global assumptions, formulating the impacts of GDP, inflation, employment and other factors related. He/she finds the links between global economy factors by evaluating the information available. The student uses feedback to grow professionally, he/she develops creative and flexible mindset and works in a responsible manner.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Go to Market 3B00CX15-3003 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  8 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  A Go to market plan is an action plan that specifies how a company will reach customers and achieve competitive advantage. During this course students will learn about different kind of go to market -actions and -tools. They will sell and plan marketing for their products. They will also visit different startups and events to learn about startup scene in Finland.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to
  - do impactful go to market -plan
  - can improve customer relationship from basic level to partnership level
  - can sell
  - Knows the characteristics of a startup

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Course content
  - How to make impactful go to market –plan?
  - What is the difference between startups and little companies?
  - How does the startup scene is working in Finland?
  - How to pitch the business idea effectively for the investors?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  8 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Human Resource Management 3B00CW96-3003 25.09.2019-12.12.2019  5 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course deals with theories, models and techniques for recruitment, management, maintenance and development of competence based human resources for contemporary multi-skilled- virtual-, and network based organizations.
  
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  
  Perform basic functions of HRM; staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance.
  
  Define long term HR needs for a company.
  
  Develop company-wide HR policy.
  
  Maintain contact with labor union concerning different company issues.
  
  Deal with multi-skilled workforce.
  
  Integrate effectively ICT to HRM.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  First year BBA studies or equivalent studies for the exchange students

  Course contents

  How the contemporary workplace is changing and how the change process is affecting the HRM?
  
  Why strategic HR planning is necessary for an organization?
  
  What are the different steps in strategic HR planning?
  
  How to effectively perform basic functions of HRM?
  
  How the digitalization process is affecting HR performance?
  
  What are the basic issues to remember in international HRM?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Recommended or required reading

  Human Resource Management (9th edition or the newer publication), Gary Dessler, Prentice Hall

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Contact teaching
  Study conversation
  Individual task
  Project
  Presentation

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  25.09.2019 - 12.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  30 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Päivi Mayor, Shaidul Kazi

  Further information for students

  Contact the teachers Dr. Päivi Mayor or Dr. Shaidul Kazi for more information.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  2 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Contact to the course teacher

  Training and labour cooperation

  The course project wil be done in pairs or in small groups and it will be based on an interview with a human resource manager of a company.

  Exam schedule

  There is no test but project, presentation and individual task.

  International connections

  Open

  Students use of time and load

  - Contact meeting 10 (10x3): 30 hours
  - Project: 30 hours
  - Individual task: 30 hours
  - Reading: 40 hours

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise basic concepts of employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. He/she has a basic understanding of the long-term HR needs for a company and can participate in developing a company-wide HR policy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work. The student can give and receive feedback but considers and assesses things from his/her own viewpoints. The student has the skills to be part of the group dealing with the labour union.

  Good

  The student can explain the good practices of employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. He/she can explain diverse alternatives for the various HR activities and in addition, can be part of creating a new HR policy for a firm. He/she can help to select good actions for solving HR related problems. The student understands future applications of technology to HR management. He/she can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills further. The student can help to deal with the labour union.

  Excellent

  The student understands the good practices of and the relationships between employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. The student is able to assist in defining the long-term HR needs for a company. He/she can assess diverse alternatives for the various HR activities, can help to create a new HR policy for a firm and solve HR related problems. The student understands future applications of technology to HR management. He/she can cooperate responsibly, constructively and flexibly with a diverse group of colleagues in solving practical problems. In case of need, the student can deal with the labour union.

•   Human Resource Management 3B00CW96-3004 27.09.2019-13.12.2019  5 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course deals with theories, models and techniques for recruitment, management, maintenance and development of competence based human resources for contemporary multi-skilled- virtual-, and network based organizations.
  
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  
  Perform basic functions of HRM; staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance.
  
  Define long term HR needs for a company.
  
  Develop company-wide HR policy.
  
  Maintain contact with labor union concerning different company issues.
  
  Deal with multi-skilled workforce.
  
  Integrate effectively ICT to HRM.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  First year BBA studies or equivalent studies for the exchange students

  Course contents

  How the contemporary workplace is changing and how the change process is affecting the HRM?
  
  Why strategic HR planning is necessary for an organization?
  
  What are the different steps in strategic HR planning?
  
  How to effectively perform basic functions of HRM?
  
  How the digitalization process is affecting HR performance?
  
  What are the basic issues to remember in international HRM?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Recommended or required reading

  Human Resource Management (9th edition or the newer publication), Gary Dessler, Prentice Hall

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Contact teaching
  Study conversation
  Individual task
  Project
  Presentation

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  27.09.2019 - 13.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  30 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Päivi Mayor, Shaidul Kazi

  Further information for students

  Contact the teachers Dr. Päivi Mayor or Dr. Shaidul Kazi for more information.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  2 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Contact to the course teacher

  Training and labour cooperation

  The course project wil be done in pairs or in small groups and it will be based on an interview with a human resource manager of a company.

  Exam schedule

  There is no test but project, presentation, and individual task.

  International connections

  Open

  Students use of time and load

  - Contat meeting 10 (10x3): 30 hours
  - Project: 30 hours
  - Individual task: 30 hours
  - Reading: 40 hours

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise basic concepts of employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. He/she has a basic understanding of the long-term HR needs for a company and can participate in developing a company-wide HR policy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work. The student can give and receive feedback but considers and assesses things from his/her own viewpoints. The student has the skills to be part of the group dealing with the labour union.

  Good

  The student can explain the good practices of employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. He/she can explain diverse alternatives for the various HR activities and in addition, can be part of creating a new HR policy for a firm. He/she can help to select good actions for solving HR related problems. The student understands future applications of technology to HR management. He/she can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills further. The student can help to deal with the labour union.

  Excellent

  The student understands the good practices of and the relationships between employee staffing, training, development, motivation and maintenance. The student is able to assist in defining the long-term HR needs for a company. He/she can assess diverse alternatives for the various HR activities, can help to create a new HR policy for a firm and solve HR related problems. The student understands future applications of technology to HR management. He/she can cooperate responsibly, constructively and flexibly with a diverse group of colleagues in solving practical problems. In case of need, the student can deal with the labour union.

•   Information and Communication Technology Skills 3B00DW15-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course focuses on learning the basic concepts of information communication technology (ICT) and how to use computers in business perspective. The widely known MS-Office package is in use, with practical approach.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Use computer and its operating system.
  • Create documents, calculations, presentations and communicate by using MS-Office.
  • Further develop their practical ICT skills.

  Course contents

  • How to make business documents, where to save and how to print?
  • How to make business spreadsheet calculations and charts?
  • How to make business presentations?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student knows the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, and Word), and can use them. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is able to use a cloud environment for sharing information. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studying but may still need some support or supervision for using the tools and working in a group.

  Good

  The student recognises well the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, Word) and can tailor their use based on the outcome required. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student uses cloud environment efficiently for sharing information. The student can do the given tasks independently and is able to support other team members.

  Excellent

  The student can broadly and independently apply the MS Office tools and cloud environment. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is very self-confident in solving problems in his/her application area, can explain and teach the tools and methods to others and help his/her team mates in their ICT problems.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Most of material is in the explainer videos mainly published in Youtube. There is also some additional material in the course Tabula. That is in the form of additional videos, internet links, example files and links to written material.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Examples, demonstrations, workshops, pair work and explainer videos

  Assessment methods and criteria

  The final grade is based on personal projects which are checked against timetable, demands, documentation and the quality of the solution. The details and the grading of the projects will be published in the first lectures. The details of the grading can be found also from Course Tabula.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Pekka Kaatiala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Contact the course lecture.
  
  One possible way could be to produce a set of self made and self designed explainer videos concerning Office 365 environment. After that an business / financial / marketing application problem could be solved and documented with enough examples and details.

  Exam schedule

  No final exam. The assessment is based on personal projects, the result of the projects and the documentation of the results and the implementation.

  Students use of time and load

  Total 80 hours. Self-promoted working is about 50 hours. Demonstrations, workshops, coaching and contact lessons alltogether is about 30 hours.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  "Introductory knowledge". The student knows the basic of the MS Office tools and Onedrive cloud environment. The student can take responsibility of his own studying and needs some support from his team mates. The student follows the project schedulings with minor changes.

  Good

  "Basic knowledge": The student knows the possibilities of the MS Office tools and Onedrive cloud environment. The student can do independently the projects and can also support his group and team mates. The student can follow the course timetables and project schedulings.

  Excellent

  "Advanced knowledge": The student can broadly and independently apply the MS Office tools and Onedrive cloud environment. The student is very self motivated in solving problems in his application area and he can take responsibility of his group and team mates. The student follows exactly the course timetables and is faithful to agreed schedulings.

•   Information and Communication Technology Skills 3B00DW15-3002 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course focuses on learning the basic concepts of information communication technology (ICT) and how to use computers in business perspective. The widely known MS-Office package is in use, with practical approach.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Use computer and its operating system.
  • Create documents, calculations, presentations and communicate by using MS-Office.
  • Further develop their practical ICT skills.

  Course contents

  • How to make business documents, where to save and how to print?
  • How to make business spreadsheet calculations and charts?
  • How to make business presentations?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student knows the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, and Word), and can use them. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is able to use a cloud environment for sharing information. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studying but may still need some support or supervision for using the tools and working in a group.

  Good

  The student recognises well the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, Word) and can tailor their use based on the outcome required. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student uses cloud environment efficiently for sharing information. The student can do the given tasks independently and is able to support other team members.

  Excellent

  The student can broadly and independently apply the MS Office tools and cloud environment. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is very self-confident in solving problems in his/her application area, can explain and teach the tools and methods to others and help his/her team mates in their ICT problems.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Most of material is in the explainer videos mainly published in Youtube. There is also some additional material in the course Tabula. That is in the form of additional videos, internet links, example files and links to written material.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Examples, demonstrations, workshops, pair work and explainer videos

  Assessment methods and criteria

  The final grade is based on personal projects which are checked against timetable, demands, documentation and the quality of the solution. The details and the grading of the projects will be published in the first lectures. The details of the grading can be found also from Course Tabula.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Pekka Kaatiala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Contact the course lecture.
  
  One possible way could be to produce a set of self made and self designed explainer videos concerning Office 365 environment. After that an business / financial / marketing application problem could be solved and documented with enough examples and details.

  Exam schedule

  No final exam. The assessment is based on personal projects, the result of the projects and the documentation of the results and the implementation.

  Students use of time and load

  Total 80 hours. Self-promoted working is about 50 hours. Demonstrations, workshops, coaching and contact lessons alltogether is about 30 hours.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  "Introductory knowledge". The student knows the basic of the MS Office tools and Onedrive cloud environment. The student can take responsibility of his own studying and needs some support from his team mates. The student follows the project schedulings with minor changes.

  Good

  "Basic knowledge": The student knows the possibilities of the MS Office tools and Onedrive cloud environment. The student can do independently the projects and can also support his group and team mates. The student can follow the course timetables and project schedulings.

  Excellent

  "Advanced knowledge": The student can broadly and independently apply the MS Office tools and Onedrive cloud environment. The student is very self motivated in solving problems in his application area and he can take responsibility of his group and team mates. The student follows exactly the course timetables and is faithful to agreed schedulings.

•   Information and Communication Technology Skills 3B00EP73-3002 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course focuses on learning the basic concepts of information communication technology (ICT) and how to use computers in business perspective. The widely known MS-Office package is in use, with practical approach.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Use computer and its operating system.
  • Create documents, calculations, presentations and communicate by using MS-Office.
  • Further develop their practical ICT skills.

  Course contents

  • How to make business documents, where to save and how to print?
  • How to make business spreadsheet calculations and charts?
  • How to make business presentations?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student knows the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, and Word), and can use them. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is able to use a cloud environment for sharing information. The student takes responsibility of his/her own studying but may still need some support or supervision for using the tools and working in a group.

  Good

  The student recognises well the basic ICT terms, is familiar with the basic MS Office tools (Excel, PowerPoint, Word) and can tailor their use based on the outcome required. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student uses cloud environment efficiently for sharing information. The student can do the given tasks independently and is able to support other team members.

  Excellent

  The student can broadly and independently apply the MS Office tools and cloud environment. The student has a basic knowledge of some supporting tools. The student is very self-confident in solving problems in his/her application area, can explain and teach the tools and methods to others and help his/her team mates in their ICT problems.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Teacher(s)

  Tuomo Soini

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   InnoEvent 3O00CE17-3007 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (17IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  InnoEvent Tampere is an intensive week during which students of different fields of study are divided into multi-disciplinary teams. These teams innovate and create solutions to real cases given by a variety of companies and organizations (employers). Teachers, professionals and company representatives guide the innovation project. At the end of the week every team presents their achievement for a team of judges who selects the best ideas and awards the teams during the final gala.
  
  During the InnoEvent student become familiar with teamwork, development of new products or services and selling ideas to customers.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Language of instruction is English

  Course contents

  During the InnoEvent students work in teams and develop new solutions for the company´s assignments.

  Further information

  Lauha Peltonen, 040-8016849, lauha.peltonen@tamk.fi

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Hanna Pihlajarinne

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  21.09.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  17IB

  Teacher(s)

  Hanna Pihlajarinne, Sean Morga, Tuomo Soini

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Innovations and Business Management 3B00CW99-3003 03.09.2019-01.10.2019  5 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course provides theoretical overview and tools to successfully run a business driven consultation project. It provides insights of product and services development process and the positioning of innovation into right marketplace. Also, creating a reasonable business model and basics of ensuring the intellectual property rights (IPR’s) are discussed.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Use different innovation methods in practice
  Evaluate the business feasibility of innovations, products and services
  Understand the product and service design process phases
  Identify the critical phases of product and service design projects

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  How to foster innovations?
  How to develop products and services from innovations?
  What are intellectual property rights and how to ensure them?
  How to evaluate project business feasibility?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tuula Andersson

  Recommended or required reading

  Kim, W.Chan & Mauborgne, Renee: Blue Ocean Strategy
  Selected articles available in Tabula

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures
  Groupwork
  Individual working

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Evaluation is based on
  - individual assignment "Innovation management handbook" (60%)
  - participation into the groupwork "Rapid Project Initiation Exercise" (teamwork) and active class participation (40%)
  Class participation will be recorded.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  03.09.2019 - 01.10.2019

  Registration

  01.07.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Tuula Andersson, Sven Rassl

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  5 cr

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  -

  Exam schedule

  No exam

  International connections

  -

  Students use of time and load

  5 credits *27 hours of work = 135 hours of work. Contact teaching 5 * 3 hours = 15 hours; class participation required in order to complete the individual assignment.

  Content periodicity

  3.9. Course introduction, pass requirements. Instructions for Rapid Initiation Exercise and Innovation Management Handbook.
  Lecture: What are innovations - key concepts
  10.9. Lecture: Design thinking and service design processes
  17.9. Lecture: Innovation process and individual property rights
  24.9. Blue Ocean Strategy
  26.9. Y-kampus: Young Achievers (exceptional date and time!)
  1.10. Introduction of business cases for Consultation Projects
  11.10. Deadline for submission of course assignments
  (changes in timetable may occur)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student is not able to describe the basic theories and practical tools related to innovation management.
  No "Innovations Management" -handbook returned OR
  the handbook doesnt include the needed content OR plagiarism in handbook.
  No participation into lectures.
  No participation into groupwork.

  Satisfactory

  Student demonstrates satisfactory knowledge of innovation management theories and practical tools.
  Handbook describes the theories for innovation management to answer the questions in the handbook guidance.
  Student has participated into groupwork

  Good

  Student demonstrates good knowledge of innovation management theories and practical tools and shows the ability to apply them into business life cases.
  Handbook describes the theories for innovation management to answer the questions in the handbook guidance.
  Handbook includes reflections for writer's own opinions and/or experiences.
  Student's participated into groupwork has been active and productive.

  Excellent

  Student demonstrates excellent knowledge of innovation management theories and practical tools and shows the ability to apply them into business life cases. Student demonstrates ability to criticize the use of theories and practical tools.
  Handbook describes the theories for innovation management to answer the questions in the handbook guidance.
  Handbook includes reflections for writer's own opinions and/or experiences.
  Handbook includes critical thinking towards the theories.
  Student has participated actively into lectures.
  Student's participated into groupwork has been exceptionally active and productive.

•   Intercultural Communication 3B00CX31-3003 13.01.2020-31.03.2020  3 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The goal of the course in Intercultural Communication aims to boost the intercultual communication competence of people planning to join careers that engage a considerable amount of intercultural interaction, in e.g. multinational companies, education field or tourism industry.
  
  This introductory level course will expose students to the fundamental principles of intercultural communication. Students will also practice intercultural communication skills. The objective is to develop the students? perception and appreciation of different cultures, including their own, e.g. values, communication styles, life styles, etc.
  
  After completing the course the students have:
  Gained insightful intercultural communication knowledge
  An understanding for working with or in other cultures.
  Improveed their analytical skills in regard to communication between different cultural backgrounds in international and local contexts (e.g. gender, racial, professional, ethnic, organizational, etc.).
  Increaseed their communication confidence as well as boost their perception of other cultures as assets rather than liabilities.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Themes of the course are the following:
  - Intercultural learning
  - Intercultural awareness and understanding
  - Intercultural interaction
  - Factors affecting in intercultural situations
  - Intercultural adaptation
  - Intercultural comptences and skills

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Shaidul Kazi

  Recommended or required reading

  Intercultural communication, Chen, Ling & materials given during class

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Pre-assignment, distance task, lecture, project & presentation.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Activities: Points
  Project (group): 30
  Presentation (group): 20
  Distance task (individual): 20
  Learning diary (individual): 30
  Points obtained Grade
  25-40: 1
  41-55: 2
  56-70: 3
  71-85: 4
  86-up: 5

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  13.01.2020 - 31.03.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  16IB

  17IB

  Teacher(s)

  Shaidul Kazi, Taru Nurmala

  Further information for students

  Contact lessons are very important from learning point of view.

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Talk to your course teacher

  Training and labour cooperation

  Project and presentation

  Exam schedule

  There is no test but presentation

  International connections

  Possible

  Students use of time and load

  3 credits X 27 h = 81h
  - Contact lesson including online presentation: 20 h
  - Task & project: 40 h
  - Reading: 21 h

  Content periodicity

  Contact lessons:
  25.01.2019 17.00 - 20.00 C2-16: Getting to know each other & defining culture
  15.02.2019 17.00 - 20.00 C2-16: Me as a communicator
  08.03.2019 17.00 - 20.00 C2-16: Culture from different scholars' viewpoints & influence of culture in business activities
  22.03.2019 17.00 - 20.00 C2-15: Managing cultural diversity & communicating well
  05.04.2019 17.00 - 20.00 C2-16: Online project presentation
  26.04.2019 17.00 - 20.00 C2-03: Online project presentation

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Student has done most of the course tasks including the course project. Student has demonstrated basic understanding to core issues of the course through required tasks and project.

  Good

  Student has done all the given tasks. Participated to the presentation session. Student has demonstrated clear and deep understanding to core issues of the course through required tasks and project. In addition, student has proposed own opinion to the required tasks and discussed issues from multiple perspectives. Student has still scope for improving his/her performance.

  Excellent

  Student has done all the given tasks. Participated to the online presentation. Student has demonstrated clear and deep understanding to core issues of the course through required tasks and project. In addition, student has proposed own opinion to the required tasks and discussed issues from multiple perspectives. Furthermore, student has shown extraordinary creativity in individual tasks.

•   International Brand Management 3B00CX05-3003 09.01.2020-16.04.2020  5 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is executed in co-operation with TAMK international partner universities. The students work with a branding project in teams consisting of members from several universities, using virtual communication tools: social media, video meetings and cloud services. In the project the students will learn how to analyze and develop a brand in an international context but quite as importantly how to deal with cultural differences in an international project.
  
  After completing the course the students will be able to
  - describe and apply a theoretical framework for developing a brand
  - analyze and evaluate strengths and development areas of a brand
  - work in an international project using virtual communication tools

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  How do international companies manage their brand development?
  Which aspects in consumer behavior are crucial in the brand marketing?
  How to cope with cultural differences affecting project work in an international context?
  How to use modern virtual communication tools in an international project?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Material will be given in the classes.
  Examples of literature related to the topic:
  Floor, K. 2006. Branding a Store. Amsterdam: BIS Publishers
  Finne S., Sivonen H. 2009. The Retail Value Chain
  Jansen. M.2006. Brand Prototyping
  Usunier, J. 2000. Marketing across cultures
  Edwards, H., Day, D.2005. Creating Passion Brands: How to build emotional brand connection with customers.
  Aaker D. Building strong brands

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Studying is mainly based on students’ field /research work coached by the teachers from TAMK and the partner universities. The students work in cooperation across countries in a team project (brand analysis and brand strategy).
  Contact teaching is used to give the students sufficient knowledge of the theory of the field.
  Virtual meetings, conferences and communication on an international environment

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Course evaluation comprises of the
  - Products (deliverables) 60%: completing the theoretical part, research report, brand strategy report and sales pitch - all of which are teamwork. The pitch will be evaluated and graded also by the commissioner in a competition.
  - Process: agreeing and documenting the team rules and meetings, active participation & communication in an international team including self, peer and teacher evaluation.
  Both part must be completed in an acceptable manner.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  09.01.2020 - 16.04.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 25

  Teacher(s)

  Tuula Andersson, Mari Helenius

  Further information for students

  The maximum amount of students together with the Business Administration students (FIN) is approximately 30. Priority is given to students who study the marketing module. The course is not open for exchange or open university students.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  5 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  A Finnsh fashion company Voglia will give the course a brand development assignment and participate in the course work.

  Exam schedule

  No exam but there may be class exercises which have an effect on the final grade.

  International connections

  This course is executed in cooperation with TAMK Business Administration, Brno University of Technology in Czech Republic, Stenden University of Applied Sciences and Windesheim University of Applied Sciences in the Netherlands.
  The students will work around a project commissioned by a Finnish Company Voglia.

  Students use of time and load

  Student time use 135 hours altogether. Contact teaching and coaching about 50 hours, independent work 85 hours. Part of the class hours will be reserved for working with the project but a great deal of the execution will be done outside class hours. It is very important the students are able to attend the classes (planned dates / times Tuesdays and Thursdays from 2p.m. to 5p.m.
  Week 11 will be an intensive week and the students should reserve Monday - Thursday whole days for the course.

  Content periodicity

  Weeks 2 - 5 are reserved for branding theory
  Weeks 6 - 10 consist of market analysis in Finland
  Week 11 is an intensive week when students from other universities will come to Finland as our guests
  Weeks 12 - 16 international teams will develop and present their brand strategy.
  
  Detailed course syllabus will be given in the first meeting, January 9.

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student does not complete the theoretical part or take part in the teamwork or the team gives the student 0 in their peer evaluation.

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to recognise the basic concepts of branding. He/she is able to conduct his/her part and participate in the brand strategy development assignment, with assistance, following instructions. The student participates in the international teamwork and is able to recognise his/her contribution to the task.

  Good

  The student is able to explain the structure of brand strategy and brand image as tools of brand management. He/she is able to research the business environment of a brand for developing a brand strategy. The student is able to develop a brand strategy plan. The student acts as an active member of an international project team, takes responsibility of his/her own work and is able to co-operate in a multinational team also by using virtual communication tools

  Excellent

  The student is able to analyse the theoretical concepts of branding and apply them in the branding assignment in an excellent manner. He/she is able to develop different solutions for the brand challenge based on the research and assess different alternatives. The student is able to creatively apply the theoretical tools to develop a well reasoned brand strategy. The student takes a leading role in the international teamwork or part of it, can co-operate flexibly and constructively taking into account the cultural differences of the participants and thereby develop the group’s interaction

  Approved/Failed

  The student does not complete the theoretical part or take part in the teamwork or the team gives the student 0 in their peer evaluation.

•   International Business Project 3B00CX28-3002 01.08.2019-20.12.2019  5 cr  (16IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course describes the internationalization process of SMEs. Companies need versatile information in different stages of internationalization. Students will make a project for a case company. Students analyze international marketing environment and they learn how it affects company’s international marketing strategy. The course covers international entry modes and decisions related to international marketing mix.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Analyze international marketing environment of a target country.
  Describe the main entry modes in international trade.
  Apply the knowledge of the international marketplace to international marketing strategy.
  Analyze marketing mix decisions when entering to a new target country.
  Work effectively in a multicultural team.

  Course contents

  What are the special features of an international marketing environment?
  How does international environment affect company’s international marketing strategy?
  What are the main entry modes in international trade?
  What are the main product strategies when entering to a new target country?
  What are the factors affecting export pricing and promotional mix decisions in the international marketplace?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Juha Tuominen

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  16IB

  15IBB

  17IB

  19KVHN2

  15IBA

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Juha Tuominen

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  4 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Content periodicity

  03.09.2019 14.00 - 17.00 C2-16
  10.09.2019 14.00 - 17.00 C2-16
  17.09.2019 14.00 - 17.00 C2-16
  24.09.2019 14.00 - 17.00 C2-16
  22.10.2019 14.00 - 17.00 B5-31
  25.11.2019 08.00 - 11.00 B5-31
  03.12.2019 14.00 - 17.00 B5-31

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  No participation.

  Satisfactory

  The student knows the basics of conducting an international business project. He/she can use the basic terms and can define the features of international business. He/she can perform the given tasks assisted. He/she participates in the teamwork but takes responsibility of his/her own work.

  Good

  The student can apply the main concepts of international business in his/her project. He/she is able to describe the international business project accordingly. He/she participates in the teamwork actively and can give feedback constructively. He/she contributes to the final outcome of the project and takes responsibility for his/her own as well as the group’s work.

  Excellent

  The student masters the concepts and principles of international business projects. He/she is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned international business project plan and he/she can search diverse solutions of action and justify them. He/she is able to combine alternatives creatively and can create new solutions. He/she works responsibly and in a committed manner considering the community and field requirements and needs.

•   International Trade and Contracts 3B00EP71-3001 08.12.2019-19.12.2019  3 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to practices of international trade and to legal framework in international trade transactions. This course consists of two parts A. Practices of International Trade and B. Introduction to International Law and Contracts.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Describe the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices.
  • Define the terms of delivery (Incoterms) and know how to use them.
  • Explain and describe the main international payment methods and key documents in export process.
  • Explain how to use customs clearance in foreign trade.
  • Know the basic concepts of contract law and contract terms commonly used in international agreements.
  • Identify situations where CISG applies and what the basic obligations of a seller and a buyer are under CISG.
  • Know what a breach of contract means and the possible remedies for a breach of contract.
  • Know the differences between common dispute resolution mechanisms.

  Course contents

  • What are the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices?
  • How does one use international delivery terms - Incoterms in offers and contracts?
  • What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
  • What is customs clearance?
  • What are the main principles of contract law in international trade?
  • What is the scope of application of the CISG and what are the basic obligations of parties?
  • How can contractual disputes be resolved and what are the sanctions for breach of contract?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise, name and define basic concepts and terms in international trade and international contract law. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

  Good

  The student is able to explain, compare and apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law. The student can solve problems in case studies and assignments and justify his/her choice. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

  Excellent

  The student can apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law extensively and is able to analyse and relate them to professional context. The student is able to assess diverse solution alternatives in case studies and assignments. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  08.12.2019 - 19.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   International Trade and Contracts 3B00DW01-3001 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to practices of international trade and to legal framework in international trade transactions. This course consists of two parts A. Practices of International Trade and B. Introduction to International Law and Contracts.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Describe the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices.
  • Define the terms of delivery (Incoterms) and know how to use them.
  • Explain and describe the main international payment methods and key documents in export process.
  • Explain how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.
  • Know the basic concepts of contract law and contract terms commonly used in international agreements.
  • Identify situations where CISG applies and what the basic obligations of a seller and a buyer are under CISG.
  • Know what a breach of contract means and the possible remedies for a breach of contract.
  • Know the differences between common dispute resolution mechanisms.

  Course contents

  • What are the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices?
  • How does one use international delivery terms - Incoterms in offers and contracts?
  • What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
  • What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?
  • What are the main principles of contract law in international trade?
  • What is the scope of application of the CISG and what are the basic obligations of parties?
  • How can contractual disputes be resolved and what are the sanctions for breach of contract?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise, name and define basic concepts and terms in international trade and international contract law. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

  Good

  The student is able to explain, compare and apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law. The student can solve problems in case studies and assignments and justify his/her choice. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

  Excellent

  The student can apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law extensively and is able to analyse and relate them to professional context. The student is able to assess diverse solution alternatives in case studies and assignments. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  ICC Guide to Export / Import - Global Standards for International Trade by Guillermo C. Jimenez. ICC Publications 2012.Fourth Edition.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  PART A / Tuomala: International Trade; Contact teaching, exercises, assignments, exam
  PART B / Koivuniemi: Contracts; Introduction to PART B. week 6; 100 % e-learning, assignments, online exam

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Grading scale 0 - 5. Total Grade: PART A. 70 % + PART B. 30 %

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Jarmo Koivuniemi, Marita Tuomala

  Further information for students

  Further information:
  Marita Tuomala
  marita.tuomala@tuni.fi
  tel. + 358 40 846 8057

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  None

  Exam schedule

  PART A: Exam dates will be informed later
  PART B. Exam dates will be informed later

  International connections

  None

  Students use of time and load

  3 ECTS = 80 hours student time usage
  PART A: 2 ECTS: About 20 hours lectures + 20 hours studying the course literature and material + 10 hours making the L/C assignment and other assignments
  PART B: 1 ECTS: About 30 hours e-learning + assignments + EXAM

  Content periodicity

  Part A: Practices of International trade; weeks 2 - 8
  Part B: International Law and Contracts; weeks 6 - 10
  The detailed course plan will be introduced during the first class.

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student is not able to name or define the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law. The student has failed in exam / exams and / or mandatory assignments.

  Satisfactory

  Student has limited knowledge of the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 1 - 2. The student is able to list, define and explain the basic concepts and terms in mandatory assignments.

  Good

  Student has good knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 3 - 4. The student is able to use and apply the terms and concepts well in simple tasks and mandatory assignments.

  Excellent

  Student has excellent knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in an exam grade 5. The student masters the terms and concepts of the subject matter in an excellent manner and is able to apply and analyse the terms and concepts extensively in mandatory assignments and challenging case studies.

•   International Trade and Contracts 3B00DW01-3002 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to practices of international trade and to legal framework in international trade transactions. This course consists of two parts A. Practices of International Trade and B. Introduction to International Law and Contracts.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Describe the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices.
  • Define the terms of delivery (Incoterms) and know how to use them.
  • Explain and describe the main international payment methods and key documents in export process.
  • Explain how to use INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance in foreign trade.
  • Know the basic concepts of contract law and contract terms commonly used in international agreements.
  • Identify situations where CISG applies and what the basic obligations of a seller and a buyer are under CISG.
  • Know what a breach of contract means and the possible remedies for a breach of contract.
  • Know the differences between common dispute resolution mechanisms.

  Course contents

  • What are the contents and requirements of international offers and invoices?
  • How does one use international delivery terms - Incoterms in offers and contracts?
  • What are the main international payment methods and key documents in foreign trade?
  • What are INTRASTAT-statistics and customs clearance and when are they needed?
  • What are the main principles of contract law in international trade?
  • What is the scope of application of the CISG and what are the basic obligations of parties?
  • How can contractual disputes be resolved and what are the sanctions for breach of contract?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognise, name and define basic concepts and terms in international trade and international contract law. The student can work in a group and take responsibility for his/her own work in individual and team assignments.

  Good

  The student is able to explain, compare and apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law. The student can solve problems in case studies and assignments and justify his/her choice. The student takes responsibility and commits to group activities in addition to his/her own work.

  Excellent

  The student can apply the terms and concepts in international trade and international contract law extensively and is able to analyse and relate them to professional context. The student is able to assess diverse solution alternatives in case studies and assignments. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  ICC Guide to Export / Import - Global Standards for International Trade by Guillermo C. Jimenez. ICC Publications 2012.Fourth Edition.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  PART A / Tuomala: International Trade; Contact teaching, exercises, assignments, exam
  PART B / Koivuniemi: Contracts; Introduction to PART B. week 6; 100 % e-learning, assignments, online exam

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Grading scale 0 - 5. Total Grade: PART A. 70 % + PART B. 30 %

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Jarmo Koivuniemi, Marita Tuomala

  Further information for students

  Further information:
  Marita Tuomala
  marita.tuomala@tuni.fi
  tel. + 358 40 846 8057

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  None

  Exam schedule

  PART A: Exam dates will be informed later
  PART B. Exam dates will be informed later

  International connections

  None

  Students use of time and load

  3 ECTS = 80 hours student time usage
  PART A: 2 ECTS: About 20 hours lectures + 20 hours studying the course literature and material + 10 hours making the L/C assignment and other assignments
  PART B: 1 ECTS: About 30 hours e-learning + assignments + EXAM

  Content periodicity

  Part A: Practices of International trade; weeks 2 - 8
  Part B: International Law and Contracts; weeks 6 - 10
  The detailed course plan will be introduced during the first class.

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student is not able to name or define the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law. The student has failed in exam / exams and / or mandatory assignments.

  Satisfactory

  Student has limited knowledge of the basic concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 1 - 2. The student is able to list, define and explain the basic concepts and terms in mandatory assignments.

  Good

  Student has good knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in exam grades 3 - 4. The student is able to use and apply the terms and concepts well in simple tasks and mandatory assignments.

  Excellent

  Student has excellent knowledge of the concepts and terms in International Trade and International Contract Law, resulting in an exam grade 5. The student masters the terms and concepts of the subject matter in an excellent manner and is able to apply and analyse the terms and concepts extensively in mandatory assignments and challenging case studies.

•   Introduction to Accounting 3B00EP58-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course, ABC of accounting, introduces the fundamentals of company accounting principles and practices. The perspective is practical, including both financial and management accounting themes.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • understand the role and relevancy of finance function within a company
  • understand relevant finance and accounting terminology
  • utilize key finance and accounting elements of a company

  Course contents

  • What are Profit & Loss, Balance sheet and Cash Flow?
  • What are financial and management accounting about?
  • What is double entry bookkeeping system?
  • How to evaluate business financials?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognizes the role of accounting in a company and relevant accounting principles and practices. The student can name the most relevant topics in financial accounting and sees the purpose of operating a business. The student identifies the principles of bookkeeping and financial statements and can make basic bookkeeping postings. He/she recognizes the key principles of Finnish business taxation and legal obligations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner, and act as part of a team.

  Good

  The student is able to structure the connection between profitability, balance sheet and cash flow. The student can apply the principles of double entry postings and name the phases of year end close. The student is able to apply calculations for VAT, payroll and other obligations; he/she can make simple year end closings based on financial accounting process. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop his/her interaction skills, adding value to the team.

  Excellent

  The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He/she expands the context with curiosity and analyses the course themes actively. The student finds the path towards academic approach and uses relevant information sources. The student is able to evaluate and assess financial accounting processes and build creative solutions by combining the course themes. The student pays needed attention to detail in cases, looks for alternative perspectives. The student uses feedback to iterate the learning process. The student is able to develop creative and constructive working methods and bring professional commitment throughout the course.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Accounting 3B00DV85-3001 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course, ABC of accounting, introduces the fundamentals of company accounting principles and practices. The perspective is practical, including both financial and management accounting themes.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • understand the role and relevancy of finance function within a company
  • understand relevant finance and accounting terminology
  • utilize key finance and accounting elements of a company

  Course contents

  • What are Profit & Loss, Balance sheet and Cash Flow?
  • What are financial and management accounting about?
  • What is double entry bookkeeping system?
  • How to evaluate business financials?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognizes the role of accounting in a company and relevant accounting principles and practices. The student can name the most relevant topics in financial accounting and sees the purpose of operating a business. The student identifies the principles of bookkeeping and financial statements and can make basic bookkeeping postings. He/she recognizes the key principles of Finnish business taxation and legal obligations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner, and act as part of a team.

  Good

  The student is able to structure the connection between profitability, balance sheet and cash flow. The student can apply the principles of double entry postings and name the phases of year end close. The student is able to apply calculations for VAT, payroll and other obligations; he/she can make simple year end closings based on financial accounting process. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop his/her interaction skills, adding value to the team.

  Excellent

  The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He/she expands the context with curiosity and analyses the course themes actively. The student finds the path towards academic approach and uses relevant information sources. The student is able to evaluate and assess financial accounting processes and build creative solutions by combining the course themes. The student pays needed attention to detail in cases, looks for alternative perspectives. The student uses feedback to iterate the learning process. The student is able to develop creative and constructive working methods and bring professional commitment throughout the course.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Accounting 3B00DV85-3002 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course, ABC of accounting, introduces the fundamentals of company accounting principles and practices. The perspective is practical, including both financial and management accounting themes.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • understand the role and relevancy of finance function within a company
  • understand relevant finance and accounting terminology
  • utilize key finance and accounting elements of a company

  Course contents

  • What are Profit & Loss, Balance sheet and Cash Flow?
  • What are financial and management accounting about?
  • What is double entry bookkeeping system?
  • How to evaluate business financials?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognizes the role of accounting in a company and relevant accounting principles and practices. The student can name the most relevant topics in financial accounting and sees the purpose of operating a business. The student identifies the principles of bookkeeping and financial statements and can make basic bookkeeping postings. He/she recognizes the key principles of Finnish business taxation and legal obligations. The student is able to give and receive feedback and take responsibility as an individual learner, and act as part of a team.

  Good

  The student is able to structure the connection between profitability, balance sheet and cash flow. The student can apply the principles of double entry postings and name the phases of year end close. The student is able to apply calculations for VAT, payroll and other obligations; he/she can make simple year end closings based on financial accounting process. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop his/her interaction skills, adding value to the team.

  Excellent

  The student adapts the course themes at advanced level. He/she expands the context with curiosity and analyses the course themes actively. The student finds the path towards academic approach and uses relevant information sources. The student is able to evaluate and assess financial accounting processes and build creative solutions by combining the course themes. The student pays needed attention to detail in cases, looks for alternative perspectives. The student uses feedback to iterate the learning process. The student is able to develop creative and constructive working methods and bring professional commitment throughout the course.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Business Operations and Legal Aspects 3B00EP56-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to company processes and functions in a modern business environment. The aim is to cover the essentials for business operations and introduce the key legal aspects of setting up a business in Finland and choosing a company legal type. The students will learn to search for and apply professionally significant legal information.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • have a good insight into functions of modern business environment.
  • adopt the principles of business profitability, liquidity and solvency.
  • analyze the interdependence of various business variables.
  • indentify and use the key sources of Finnish law
  • describe the type of enterprise and their key differences
  • understand the procedures required to establish a company
  • draw up documents for the formation and registration of a company

  Course contents

  • What is a company and business operations?
  • How to evaluate and measure the success of a business?
  • What is organisational structure and its functions?
  • What are the key sources of law and how to utilize them?
  • Who has the right to trade in Finland
  • What legal considerations are relevant to setting up a business?
  • What are the key differences between the company legal forms?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms

  Good

  The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

  Excellent

  The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Teacher(s)

  Elena Grigorova

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Business Operations and Legal Aspects 3B00DV83-3001 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to company processes and functions in a modern business environment. The aim is to cover the essentials for business operations and introduce the key legal aspects of setting up a business in Finland and choosing a company legal type. The students will learn to search for and apply professionally significant legal information.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • have a good insight into functions of modern business environment.
  • adopt the principles of business profitability, liquidity and solvency.
  • analyze the interdependence of various business variables.
  • indentify and use the key sources of Finnish law
  • describe the type of enterprise and their key differences
  • understand the procedures required to establish a company
  • draw up documents for the formation and registration of a company

  Course contents

  • What is a company and business operations?
  • How to evaluate and measure the success of a business?
  • What is organisational structure and its functions?
  • What are the key sources of law and how to utilize them?
  • Who has the right to trade in Finland
  • What legal considerations are relevant to setting up a business?
  • What are the key differences between the company legal forms?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

  Good

  The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

  Excellent

  The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Business Operations:
  • Kinkki, Seppo. (2002). Yrityksen Perus-Toiminnot. WSOY (select pages). Available at TAMK’s library
  • Other materials provided by the teacher
  • Online resources
  Legal Aspects (required reading):
  • Surakka, Aapo. (2012). Access to Finnish law. Talentum Media. Pages 16–25 and 88–102. Available in digital form in TAMK-Finna Alma Talent Verkkokirjahylly.
  • Items covered in class, and
  • Materials in Tabula

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Contact lessons, group work, self-study

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Introduction to Business Operations (2 cr):
  - Individual exam (70%)
  - Active participation and group work in class (30%)
  Legal Aspects (1 cr):
  - Individual exam (70%)
  - Active participation and group work in class and on-line (30%)

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Jarmo Koivuniemi, Elena Grigorova

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Exam schedule

  Written exam - 09.10.2019 08.00 - 11.00 A3-27
  Re-sit exam dates - 14.11.2019 and 12.12.2019

  Students use of time and load

  Classroom teaching 6 x 3h, independent study 63 h

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

  Good

  The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

  Excellent

  The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

•   Introduction to Business Operations and Legal Aspects 3B00DV83-3002 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to company processes and functions in a modern business environment. The aim is to cover the essentials for business operations and introduce the key legal aspects of setting up a business in Finland and choosing a company legal type. The students will learn to search for and apply professionally significant legal information.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • have a good insight into functions of modern business environment.
  • adopt the principles of business profitability, liquidity and solvency.
  • analyze the interdependence of various business variables.
  • indentify and use the key sources of Finnish law
  • describe the type of enterprise and their key differences
  • understand the procedures required to establish a company
  • draw up documents for the formation and registration of a company

  Course contents

  • What is a company and business operations?
  • How to evaluate and measure the success of a business?
  • What is organisational structure and its functions?
  • What are the key sources of law and how to utilize them?
  • Who has the right to trade in Finland
  • What legal considerations are relevant to setting up a business?
  • What are the key differences between the company legal forms?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

  Good

  The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

  Excellent

  The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Business Operations:
  • Kinkki, Seppo. (2002). Yrityksen Perus-Toiminnot. WSOY (selected pages). Available at TAMK’s library
  • Other materials provided by the teacher
  • Online resources
  Legal Aspects (required reading):
  • Surakka, Aapo. (2012). Access to Finnish law. Talentum Media. Pages 16–25 and 88–102.
  Available in digital form in TAMK-Finna Alma Talent Verkkokirjahylly.
  • Items covered in class, and
  • Materials in Tabula

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Contact lessons, group work, self-study

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Introduction to Business Operations (2 cr):
  - Individual exam (70%)
  - Active participation and group work in class (30%)
  Legal Aspects (1 cr):
  - Individual exam (70%)
  - Active participation and group work in class and on-line (30%)

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Jarmo Koivuniemi, Elena Grigorova

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Exam schedule

  Written exam - 09.10.2019 08.00 - 11.00 A3-27
  Re-sit exam dates - 14.11.2019 and 12.12.2019

  Students use of time and load

  Classroom teaching 6 x 3h, independent study 63h

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student recognises main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with simple isolated examples. Work is poorly structured and there is no relationship to other ideas, concepts or previous knowledge. The student struggles to assess the impact of business activities on the business or society in general. The student recognizes the key sources of law and is able to define company legal forms.

  Good

  The student demonstrates sound understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with multiple relevant examples. He/she can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world and offer reasonable solutions. Work is mostly logical and well-structured, with some inconsistencies or minor errors. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and its immediate surrounding, mostly in the short-term. He/she can apply the key sources of law and is able to explain differences between company legal forms.

  Excellent

  The student demonstrates deep understanding of the main ideas and concepts related to business operations and can illustrate them with authentic, connected examples. The student can establish causal and consequential relationships between events in the business world, analyse underlying problems and synthesise solutions out of available alternatives. Work is logical and well-structured, and ideas are clearly expressed. The student can assess the impact of business activities on the business itself and the society in general, both in the short- and long-term, and demonstrates commitment to sustainable development. The student is able to apply different sources of law extensively and analyse and assess different company forms in a professional manner.

•   Introduction to Experience Economy 3B00DV87-3001 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Selling goods and services is not enough in modern economy. There is a need to consider the extra value of business supply by designing holistic, multisensory experiences for customers. Tourism is a typical business sector to implement experience economy characteristics and benefit from it.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand and identify the nature and the characteristics of experience economy.
  • Comprehend the characteristics of tourism business
  • Apply theories of experience economy, tourist motivational factors and tourist typology in business planning

  Course contents

  • What is experience economy about and how can we recognize it in modern world?
  • What kind of a phenomenon is tourism and what are the main types of tourism business?
  • How to apply the characteristics of tourism phenomenon in business planning?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and define the basic concepts of the experience economy in the context of tourism. The student is able to discuss and consider some characteristics of the experience economy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility on his/her own work.

  Good

  The student is able to explain, compare and apply the theories of the experience economy and tourism. The student can make plans, solve problems, and choose an appropriate course of action. The student can take responsibility and commit to the group activities in addition to his/her own work.

  Excellent

  The student can generalise and analyse extensive entities and relations between the concepts and theories of the experience economy. The student can search for diverse courses of action and solution alternatives and assess these alternatives. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Is published in Tabula course 3B00DV87-3001

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures, team working, discussion, presentation

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Team working, presentations, discussion, student opponent assessment. Understanding experience economy, identifying characteristics and nature of it and tourism business, applying academic material and reflecting it in business planning.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Matala

  Further information for students

  Attending classes is necessary in order to pass the course. Learning is highly based on intensive working during lectures.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Must be discussed with teacher beforehand

  Training and labour cooperation

  Students are free to contact companies when conducting tasks

  Exam schedule

  No exam

  International connections

  International student group, case companies could be international

  Students use of time and load

  Meetings, time table in Tabula course 3B00DV87-3001

  Content periodicity

  Meetings, time table in Tabula course 3B00DV87-3001

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  No participation or poor participating in team working. Student is not able to apply the experience economy and tourism principles/theories, student is not able to understand and apply material presented.

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and define the basic concepts of the experience economy in the context of tourism partly. The student is able to discuss and consider some characteristics of the experience economy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility on his/her own work.
  Material presented for the tasks is only partly applied and understood.

  Good

  The student is able to explain, compare and apply the theories of the experience economy and tourism. The student can make plans, solve problems, and choose an appropriate course of action. The student can take responsibility and commit to the group activities in addition to his/her own work. Student is able to consider and discuss most of the significant characteristics of experience economy and tourism and presents examples. Material presented for the tasks is well applied.

  Excellent

  The student can generalize and analyze extensive entities and relations between the concepts and theories of the experience economy. The student can search for diverse courses of action and solution alternatives and assess these alternatives. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction. Student implements thorough understanding of the experience economy and tourism concepts and characteristics and is able to apply these fluently in business planning. Discussing and reflecting the ideas and characteristics of experience economy and tourism is fluent by various examples and own, new ideas or perspectives. Material presented for the tasks is carefully applied.

•   Introduction to Experience Economy 3B00DV87-3002 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Selling goods and services is not enough in modern economy. There is a need to consider the extra value of business supply by designing holistic, multisensory experiences for customers. Tourism is a typical business sector to implement experience economy characteristics and benefit from it.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand and identify the nature and the characteristics of experience economy.
  • Comprehend the characteristics of tourism business
  • Apply theories of experience economy, tourist motivational factors and tourist typology in business planning

  Course contents

  • What is experience economy about and how can we recognize it in modern world?
  • What kind of a phenomenon is tourism and what are the main types of tourism business?
  • How to apply the characteristics of tourism phenomenon in business planning?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and define the basic concepts of the experience economy in the context of tourism. The student is able to discuss and consider some characteristics of the experience economy. He/she can work in a group and take responsibility on his/her own work.

  Good

  The student is able to explain, compare and apply the theories of the experience economy and tourism. The student can make plans, solve problems, and choose an appropriate course of action. The student can take responsibility and commit to the group activities in addition to his/her own work.

  Excellent

  The student can generalise and analyse extensive entities and relations between the concepts and theories of the experience economy. The student can search for diverse courses of action and solution alternatives and assess these alternatives. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively and develop his/her own and the group’s interaction.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Matala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Marketing 1 3B00DV81-3001 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
  in business management.
  • Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
  customer needs.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
  practice.
  • Write a marketing plan for their business.

  Course contents

  • What is marketing and what do marketers do?
  • How to create customer value and experience?
  • How to analyse marketing environment and collect marketing information?
  • What are products, services and brands?
  • How to do pricing?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and name the basic concepts of marketing. He/she can use the basic terms in a correct way and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted, and work in a team and take responsibility of his/her own work.

  Good

  The student is able to make a marketing plan accordingly. The student can select the most appropriate course of action from diverse options and justify his/her choice. The student has participated in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/hers knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

  Excellent

  The student understands extensively the concepts and principles of marketing. The student is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student combines different solution alternatives creatively or creates new ones. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active. The student cooperates responsibly, flexibly and constructively.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius, Mika Jokinen

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Marketing 1 3B00DV81-3002 01.08.2019-20.10.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
  in business management.
  • Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
  customer needs.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
  practice.
  • Write a marketing plan for their business.

  Course contents

  • What is marketing and what do marketers do?
  • How to create customer value and experience?
  • How to analyse marketing environment and collect marketing information?
  • What are products, services and brands?
  • How to do pricing?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and name the basic concepts of marketing. He/she can use the basic terms in a correct way and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted, and work in a team and take responsibility of his/her own work.

  Good

  The student is able to make a marketing plan accordingly. The student can select the most appropriate course of action from diverse options and justify his/her choice. The student has participated in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/hers knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

  Excellent

  The student understands extensively the concepts and principles of marketing. The student is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student combines different solution alternatives creatively or creates new ones. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active. The student cooperates responsibly, flexibly and constructively.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 20.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius, Mika Jokinen

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Marketing 1 3B00EP57-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
  in business management.
  • Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
  customer needs.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
  practice.
  • Write a marketing plan for their business.

  Course contents

  • What is marketing and what do marketers do?
  • How to create customer value and experience?
  • How to analyse marketing environment and collect marketing information?
  • What are products, services and brands?
  • How to do pricing?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and name the basic concepts of marketing. He/she can use the basic terms in a correct way and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted, and work in a team and take responsibility of his/her own work.

  Good

  The student is able to make a marketing plan accordingly. The student can select the most appropriate course of action from diverse options and justify his/her choice. The student has participated in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the final outcome with his/hers knowledge and ideas according to the peer evaluations. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

  Excellent

  The student understands extensively the concepts and principles of marketing. The student is able to conduct a fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. The student combines different solution alternatives creatively or create new ones. The individual contribution in the class and team have been especially active. The student cooperates responsibly, flexibly and constructively

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Teacher(s)

  Tuula Andersson

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Marketing 2 3B00DV89-3001 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
  in business management.
  • Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
  customer needs.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
  practice.
  • Write a marketing plan.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1

  Course contents

  • What is modern multichannel marketing?
  • What are examples of doing advertising, PR; personal selling and sales
  promotion?
  • How to do direct, online, social media and mobile marketing?
  • What is sustainable marketing?
  • How to write a marketing plan for a business and create website contents?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and define the basics of modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix. He/she can use the basic terms and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted. The student takes responsibility of his/her own work and can work in a group.

  Good

  The student applies modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix in marketing planning accordingly and solves the problems associated with it. The student participates in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the outcome with his/her knowledge. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

  Excellent

  The student understands the concepts and principles of marketing extensively. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. He/she assesses diverse solution alternatives in marketing planning. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius, Mika Jokinen

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Marketing 2 3B00DV89-3002 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
  in business management.
  • Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
  customer needs.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
  practice.
  • Write a marketing plan.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1

  Course contents

  • What is modern multichannel marketing?
  • What are examples of doing advertising, PR; personal selling and sales
  promotion?
  • How to do direct, online, social media and mobile marketing?
  • What is sustainable marketing?
  • How to write a marketing plan for a business and create website contents?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and define the basics of modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix. He/she can use the basic terms and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted. The student takes responsibility of his/her own work and can work in a group.

  Good

  The student applies modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix in marketing planning accordingly and solves the problems associated with it. The student participates in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the outcome with his/her knowledge. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

  Excellent

  The student understands the concepts and principles of marketing extensively. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. He/she assesses diverse solution alternatives in marketing planning. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius, Mika Jokinen

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Marketing 2 3B00EP59-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course is an introduction to modern business marketing. It introduces basic marketing concepts, theories and language with a focus of understanding the role and the needs of the customer in consumer business and business-to-business marketing.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate knowledge about the significance and role of marketing
  in business management.
  • Describe the value creation process for customers by understanding
  customer needs.
  • Demonstrate knowledge of modern marketing mix in theory and
  practice.
  • Write a marketing plan.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1

  Course contents

  • What is modern multichannel marketing?
  • What are examples of doing advertising, PR; personal selling and sales
  promotion?
  • How to do direct, online, social media and mobile marketing?
  • What is sustainable marketing?
  • How to write a marketing plan for a business and create website contents?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can recognize and define the basics of modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix. He/she can use the basic terms and can define the principles of marketing. The student can perform the given tasks assisted. The student takes responsibility of his/her own work and can work in a group.

  Good

  The student applies modern multichannel marketing and marketing mix in marketing planning accordingly and solves the problems associated with it. The student participates in the teamwork and classes actively contributing to the outcome with his/her knowledge. The student can cooperate responsibly and is ready to develop his/her interaction skills.

  Excellent

  The student understands the concepts and principles of marketing extensively. The student is able to conduct fluent and reasoned marketing plan and has good capabilities to apply the learning. He/she assesses diverse solution alternatives in marketing planning. The individual contribution in the class and team has been especially active. The student works responsibly and in a committed manner.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Teacher(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Supply Chain Management 3B00DW05-3003 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course introduces the basics of Logistics and Supply Chain Management operations. The course will focus on the business and humanitarian (emergency) sides of SCM. The students will learn the basics of procurement, inventory, warehousing and transportation processes, with full integration using ERP systems such as SAP AIl in One and Business One.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Describe the basic concepts and principles of logistics
  • Manage the logistics process in a company using ERP systems transaction such as sales orders, purchase orders, order fulfilment, product issues and inventory control.

  Course contents

  • What is Logistics and Supply Chain Management?
  • How SCM works in services, industrial and humanitarian sectors?
  • How to make and simulate real business activities in SAP?
  • How SAP works and manages the business integration?
  • What are the logistics costs and how to create value added services in SCM?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in supply chain management. The student has basic understanding of logistics in general and how it is connected to organisation's most common processes. The student is capable of applying some knowledge to relevant, working life situations regarding SCM. The student demonstrates basic skills by submitting required tasks and assignments during the course.

  Good

  The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in (emergency) supply chain. The student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. The student has a good level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student is capable of applying the acquired knowledge to relevant working life SCM related situations. The student contributes according to teacher's expectations to tasks and assignments during the course.

  Excellent

  The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in (emergency) supply chain. The student has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student demonstrates a high skill level, creates value and shares information with other participants. The student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. The student actively contributes to tasks and assignments during the course. The student is also able to collect information from various nodes of SC and use the extracted information in SC planning, development and management, while streamlining it with proper managerial SCM-tools. The student can also use the acquired information as a basis for new, added value containing data creation. The student is able to capitalise on knowledge in the execution of organisation's daily SCM related processes.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sean Morga

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Introduction to Supply Chain Management 3B00DW05-3004 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course introduces the basics of Logistics and Supply Chain Management operations. The course will focus on the business and humanitarian (emergency) sides of SCM. The students will learn the basics of procurement, inventory, warehousing and transportation processes, with full integration using ERP systems such as SAP AIl in One and Business One.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Describe the basic concepts and principles of logistics
  • Manage the logistics process in a company using ERP systems transaction such as sales orders, purchase orders, order fulfilment, product issues and inventory control.

  Course contents

  • What is Logistics and Supply Chain Management?
  • How SCM works in services, industrial and humanitarian sectors?
  • How to make and simulate real business activities in SAP?
  • How SAP works and manages the business integration?
  • What are the logistics costs and how to create value added services in SCM?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to identify basic level knowledge in supply chain management. The student has basic understanding of logistics in general and how it is connected to organisation's most common processes. The student is capable of applying some knowledge to relevant, working life situations regarding SCM. The student demonstrates basic skills by submitting required tasks and assignments during the course.

  Good

  The student is able to determine main tasks and challenges in (emergency) supply chain. The student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables. The student has a good level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student is capable of applying the acquired knowledge to relevant working life SCM related situations. The student contributes according to teacher's expectations to tasks and assignments during the course.

  Excellent

  The student is able to master tasks, challenges and different modes in (emergency) supply chain. The student has a professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of (humanitarian) logistics. The student demonstrates a high skill level, creates value and shares information with other participants. The student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge to relevant, working life situations. The student actively contributes to tasks and assignments during the course. The student is also able to collect information from various nodes of SC and use the extracted information in SC planning, development and management, while streamlining it with proper managerial SCM-tools. The student can also use the acquired information as a basis for new, added value containing data creation. The student is able to capitalise on knowledge in the execution of organisation's daily SCM related processes.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sean Morga

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Lean Business Modeling 3B00CX13-3003 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  8 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  In this course students will learn business modeling in practise by using different kind of business modeling tools. They will create their first business model and try to find right Product Market Fit for their Products and Services.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to
  - develop innovative business model by using different kind of tools, like Business Model Canvas, Lean Canvas, Value Proposition Canvas, Empathy Map etc.)
  - search different kind of relevant information from different sources
  - utilize network of experts in the development of the idea

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Course content
  - How to use development tools for business modeling?
  - How to develop business by finding useful information from different kind of sources?
  - How to create useful networks?
  - How to lead networks?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  8 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Liikeviestintä 3B00CX17-3006 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  2 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Kurssi on tarkoitettu IB:n suomenkielisille opiskelijoille. Kurssilla perehdytään asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin ja harjoitellaan kirjoittamaan työ- ja liike-elämän kirjallisia viestejä, kuten liikekirjeitä ja muistioita. Kurssilla kerrataan ja harjoitellaan myös suomen kielen oikeinkirjoitusta.
  
  Kurssin suoritettuaan, opiskelija:
  
  Osoittaa perehtyneisyyttä asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin.
  Osaa käyttää ja soveltaa asiakirjastandardia alansa tyypillisissä kirjoitteissa.
  Osaa viestiä asiatyylisesti ja vakuuttavasti ottaen huomioon vastaanottajan, tilanteen ja alan käytänteet.
  Ymmärtää oikeakielisyyden merkityksen osana viestinnällistä ammattitaitoaan ja yrityksen imagoa.
  Osaa arvioida ja kehittää viestintäosaamistaan.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Mitkä ovat asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteet?
  Millainen on asiakirjastandardin rakenne ja mitä hyötyä sen hallitsemisesta on?
  Miten laaditaan työ- ja liike-elämän yleisimmät kirjoitteet?
  Mikä on kielenhuollon merkitys työelämässä?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tarja Haukijärvi

  Recommended or required reading

  Verkkomateriaali Tabulassa (not translated)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lähiopetus, opetuskeskustelut, käytännön harjoitukset sekä kirjalliset ja suulliset tehtävät (not translated)

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
  50 % kirjallinen tehtävä (tiedote)
  50 % kielenhuollon testi
  
  Lisäksi saadakseen kurssista arvosanan opiskelijan tulee tehdä vaaditut kotitehtävät sekä osallistua lähiopetukseen. (not translated)

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Ella Hakala

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  Kurssiin kuuluu kielenhuollon verkkotesti. Ajankohdasta keskustellaan kurssin alettua. (not translated)

  Students use of time and load

  Lähiopetuskertoja 7 x 2 sijoittuen kolmanteen ja neljänteen periodiin.
  Kotitehtäviä sekä paritöinä että ryhmässä. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Opiskelija osaa laatia liike-elämän asiakirjoja ja viestejä annettujen ohjeiden ja mallien mukaisesti. Opiskelija viestii keskeiset asiat ymmärrettävästi alansa eri viestintätilanteissa ja osaa hyödyntää viestintävälineitä. (not translated)

  Good

  Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa sujuvasti, jäsentyneesti, ymmärrettävästi ja kiinnostavasti. Opiskelija ottaa viestiessään huomioon vastaanottajan ja tilanteen. Opiskelija osaa tulkita viestintäkumppaninsa toimintaa ja vastata siihen yhteistyötä rakentaen esim. myynti- ja asiakaspalvelutilanteissa. (not translated)

  Excellent

  Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa asiantuntevasti, luovasti ja eri viestintävälineitä monipuolisesti hyödyntäen. Opiskelija osaa ohjata, johtaa ja vaikuttaa kielellä. Opiskelija osaa sopeuttaa viestintäänsä vastaanottajan, tilanteen, olosuhteiden (esim. verkkoviestintä) ja saamansa palautteen mukaan. Opiskelija osaa ottaa viestinnässään huomioon myös edustamansa yrityksen / yhteisön arvoja, visioita jne. (not translated)

•   Liikeviestintä 3B00CX17-3005 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Kurssi on tarkoitettu IB:n suomenkielisille opiskelijoille. Kurssilla perehdytään asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin ja harjoitellaan kirjoittamaan työ- ja liike-elämän kirjallisia viestejä, kuten liikekirjeitä ja muistioita. Kurssilla kerrataan ja harjoitellaan myös suomen kielen oikeinkirjoitusta.
  
  Kurssin suoritettuaan, opiskelija:
  
  Osoittaa perehtyneisyyttä asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteisiin.
  Osaa käyttää ja soveltaa asiakirjastandardia alansa tyypillisissä kirjoitteissa.
  Osaa viestiä asiatyylisesti ja vakuuttavasti ottaen huomioon vastaanottajan, tilanteen ja alan käytänteet.
  Ymmärtää oikeakielisyyden merkityksen osana viestinnällistä ammattitaitoaan ja yrityksen imagoa.
  Osaa arvioida ja kehittää viestintäosaamistaan.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Mitkä ovat asiatyylisen viestinnän periaatteet?
  Millainen on asiakirjastandardin rakenne ja mitä hyötyä sen hallitsemisesta on?
  Miten laaditaan työ- ja liike-elämän yleisimmät kirjoitteet?
  Mikä on kielenhuollon merkitys työelämässä?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tarja Haukijärvi

  Recommended or required reading

  Verkkomateriaali Tabulassa (not translated)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lähiopetus, opetuskeskustelut, käytännön harjoitukset sekä kirjalliset ja suulliset tehtävät (not translated)

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
  50 % kirjallinen tehtävä (tiedote)
  50 % kielenhuollon testi
  
  Lisäksi saadakseen kurssista arvosanan opiskelijan tulee tehdä vaaditut kotitehtävät sekä osallistua lähiopetukseen. (not translated)

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  29.07.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Ella Hakala

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  Kurssiin kuuluu kielenhuollon verkkotesti. Ajankohdasta keskustellaan kurssin alettua. (not translated)

  Students use of time and load

  Lähiopetuskertoja 7 x 2 sijoittuen kolmanteen ja neljänteen periodiin.
  Kotitehtäviä sekä paritöinä että ryhmässä. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Opiskelija ei ole tehnyt vaadittavia tehtäviä, läpäissyt kielenhuollon testiä tai osallistunut lähiopetukseen tarvittavaa määrää. (not translated)

  Satisfactory

  Opiskelija osaa laatia liike-elämän asiakirjoja ja viestejä annettujen ohjeiden ja mallien mukaisesti. Opiskelija viestii keskeiset asiat ymmärrettävästi alansa eri viestintätilanteissa ja osaa hyödyntää viestintävälineitä. (not translated)

  Good

  Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa sujuvasti, jäsentyneesti, ymmärrettävästi ja kiinnostavasti. Opiskelija ottaa viestiessään huomioon vastaanottajan ja tilanteen. Opiskelija osaa tulkita viestintäkumppaninsa toimintaa ja vastata siihen yhteistyötä rakentaen esim. myynti- ja asiakaspalvelutilanteissa. (not translated)

  Excellent

  Opiskelija viestii liike-elämän eri tilanteissa asiantuntevasti, luovasti ja eri viestintävälineitä monipuolisesti hyödyntäen. Opiskelija osaa ohjata, johtaa ja vaikuttaa kielellä. Opiskelija osaa sopeuttaa viestintäänsä vastaanottajan, tilanteen, olosuhteiden (esim. verkkoviestintä) ja saamansa palautteen mukaan. Opiskelija osaa ottaa viestinnässään huomioon myös edustamansa yrityksen / yhteisön arvoja, visioita jne. (not translated)

•   Managing Multicultural Organizations 3B00CW97-3003 21.10.2019-19.12.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Culture is an integral part of everyday organizational life. Understanding culture facilitates organizational success in national- as well as international market. The course is designed to deal with culture and its impact in managing/leading organization made up of people from diverse cultural background.
  
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  
  Know culture from different points of view prioritizing the field of management and organization.
  
  Lead multicultural workforce
  
  Build work team/group with people from different cultural background
  
  Deal with cultural differences effectively
  
  Identify culture lenient motivational strategy
  
  Manage cultural tension by engaging empathetic approach
  
  Negotiate globally

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  First year BBA studies or equivalent studies for the exchange students

  Course contents

  What is culture?
  
  What is family-, national-, organizational- and business culture?
  
  What are the roots of culture?
  
  How culture influences management and the functioning of an organization?
  
  How to deal with cultural challenges in forming group/team and leading people with diverse cultural background?
  
  What are the crucial issues to remember while negotiating internationally?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Shaidul Kazi

  Recommended or required reading

  Cultures and organizations : software of the mind : intercultural cooperation and its importance for survival, Hofstede, Geert, 2010 (suggested chapters)
  +
  Lecture handouts

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Contact + online teaching|study conversation|learning diary|project|presentation

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Project: 30%
  Presentation: 10%
  Presentation diary: 10%
  Individual task: 50%

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 19.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  30 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Elena Grigorova, Shaidul Kazi

  Further information for students

  Contact lessons are very important from the learning point of view

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Talk to the course teacher

  Training and labour cooperation

  Possible & welcome

  Exam schedule

  No test but project, learning diary/individual task & presentation

  International connections

  Open

  Students use of time and load

  Total time: 27x5 = 135 hours
  Contact 8: 25 hours (Presentation session 4 hours)
  Project: 25 hours
  Reading: 25 hours
  Learning diary/article note: 30 hours
  Pre-assignment & online activity: 30 hours

  Content periodicity

  Will write after the holiday

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Unable to attend to at least 3 lessons & not done the course project

  Satisfactory

  The student can define culture and recognises cultural differences. He/she is aware of the course load and able to do routine tasks. The student can give and receive feedback and can do project work in a group. He/she considers and assesses things from his/her viewpoints. The student can work in a group. He/she judges things mainly from his/her own perspective.

  Good

  The student compares culture and explains its impact on different social entities. He/she helps to apply cultural approach in leading a multicultural workforce. The student as a resource person assists in solving problems in leading a multicultural workforce or building a multicultural team. He/she helps making a plan for dealing with cultural differences effectively. He/she considers and assesses issues from multicultural perspectives and can engage in negotiation with counterparts from another culture. The student becomes a responsible member of a diverse group.

  Excellent

  The student understands culture from multiple perspectives and analyses its impact on different social entities including business organisations. The student as a resource person acts independently or as part of a group in leading a multicultural workforce or building a multicultural team. He/she assists in finding solutions to team in dealing with cultural differences effectively. He/she actively engages himself/herself in the work group in finding solutions to problems at hand or adopting policy regarding a culture lenient motivational plan. Moreover, the student can play a flexible role in multicultural negotiation context.

•   Marketing in the Digital World 3B00CX06-3003 03.03.2020-07.04.2020  4 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  A minority of companies still rate their digital communications or customer communications at an advanced level. Instead they are still in the phase of transformation and development of their digital marketing capabilities. This course is not only about digital marketing – it is about marketing in a digital world. It will give the students skills in planning and executing digital marketing. The key question is: how can companies, both BtoC and BtoB, benefit from digitalizing their marketing operations.
  
  The course consists of theory lectures and weekly exercises where some of the digital marketing tools are used in practice.
  
  After completing the course the students will be able to
  • describe and explain the various forms of digital marketing and
  social media
  • design a digital marketing roadmap for a company
  • use the tools of social media in business to establish a social
  media marketing campaing
  • create basic web pages, a blog or an online shop

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  What is digital marketing?
  What are the opportunities and threats of digital marketing?
  What are the digital marketing media and tools?
  How can a company enter the digital world in a structured and planned way?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sean Morga

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  03.03.2020 - 07.04.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Marketing in the Digital World 3B00CX06-3004 02.03.2020-31.07.2020  4 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  A minority of companies still rate their digital communications or customer communications at an advanced level. Instead they are still in the phase of transformation and development of their digital marketing capabilities. This course is not only about digital marketing – it is about marketing in a digital world. It will give the students skills in planning and executing digital marketing. The key question is: how can companies, both BtoC and BtoB, benefit from digitalizing their marketing operations.
  
  The course consists of theory lectures and weekly exercises where some of the digital marketing tools are used in practice.
  
  After completing the course the students will be able to
  • describe and explain the various forms of digital marketing and
  social media
  • design a digital marketing roadmap for a company
  • use the tools of social media in business to establish a social
  media marketing campaing
  • create basic web pages, a blog or an online shop

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  What is digital marketing?
  What are the opportunities and threats of digital marketing?
  What are the digital marketing media and tools?
  How can a company enter the digital world in a structured and planned way?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sean Morga

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Mathematics of Finance 3B00DV93-3001 28.10.2019-12.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This straightforward exercise based course provides the students with information and hands-on skills of selected fundamental parts of business mathematics.
  
  The time value of money theory forms the foundation of the course. The predetermined main objectives for the students are to learn to apply the theory, solve problems and communicate the problems, their solutions as well as the achieved new understanding effectively.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Identify opportunities for mathematical problem solving involved with the time value of money concept and theory.
  • Find out the present and future values of invested money in different cases of compounding.
  • Compare interest rates, returns on investments and cash flows utilizing the effective rate, present value and net present value concepts.
  • Find out the present and future value as well as the periodic payment of an ordinary annuity.
  • Prepare simple loan amortization schedules and calculate amortizations in MS Excel.
  • Communicate mathematical problems, their solutions and interpretations briefly and informatively.

  Course contents

  • What are the simple interest, growth percentage and sum of sequence all about?
  • How are various compound interest and effective rate calculations solved?
  • How are the present value and net present value (NPV) determined?
  • What different types of annuities are there, and how are the periodic payment and the present and future values of an ordinary annuity determined?
  • How can loan amortization schedules be prepared and loans become amortized?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance. The student can solve basic level compound interest and present value problems. The student can take responsibility for any of his individual duties in routine mathematics of finance activities and is able to make some contribution in a group.

  Good

  The student has the competence of explaining the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance and applying them in cases of reasonable difficulty. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve compound interest, present value and annuity exercises and problems as well as interpret the answers for the benefit of business projects and activities. His/her courses of action are well justified.

  Excellent

  The student can analyse mathematics of business exercises and work on related business cases
  
  individually. The student is able to choose approaches and construct equations and formulas applying the assigned mathematics of finance theory skillfully. The student can produce analyses and correct solutions to compound interest, present value and annuity problems as well as interpret the answers profoundly for the benefit of business projects and activities. The student’s courses of action are very well justified, and he/she makes noticeable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly in a committed manner.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Access to and hints about necessary theory, exercises and other learning material are there in the course Tabula.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Instructor's brief introductions of the themes, theories, methods and formulas. Mathematical problem solving both under supervision in the class and individually and/or as pairwork between the classes. Model answers and discussion based on them finish each main theme of the course.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  The overall course performance is evaluated and graded using:
  - a 20% weight on performing exercises acceptably during the course
  - a 20% weight on student's other overall activity, incl. sharing solutions and other mathematics of finance information with fellow students, as well as contribution to the common learning sessions and discussions in the classroom, and on Tabula
  - a 60% weight on the exam.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  28.10.2019 - 12.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Adrián Somlósi-Kovács

  Further information for students

  Mr Adrian Kovacs
  adrian.kovacs@tuni.fi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  The course includes a small open-book exam.
  Potential retakes of the course will be performed by presenting and/or discussing the student's course exercise portfolios together with the instructor of the course. Portfolio discussions will be there no earlier than one month, at least, after the end of the course.

  Students use of time and load

  Student's workload is max. 52-54h, in Oct - Dec 2019.

  Content periodicity

  (See the Contents and Objectives of the Course categories.)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has not solved all the required exercises. Or the student has many incorrect answers and/or is not able to show his/her understanding of the required course contents.
  Or, student has not passed the exam.

  Satisfactory

  Student has many incorrect answers as end results of his/her calculations. His/her solutions, anyway, mostly prove that he/she has, anyway, mostly understood the theories, methods and practices of the course contents.
  The student has passed the exam.

  Good

  Student has mostly correct answers as end results of his/her calculations. His/her solutions prove that he/she has also understood the theories, methods and practices of the course contents. Student's proven skills of also communicating and sharing his/her knowledge of the course contents during the course help in achieving the very good grade of 4, instead of the good 3.
  The student has passed the exam with, at least, a strong satisfactory performance.

  Excellent

  Student has in practice only correct answers as end results of his/her calculations. His/her solutions prove that he/she has also understood the theories, methods and practices of the course contents very well. Student's highly desired habit of also communicating and sharing his/her knowledge of the course contents together with the other course participants is an additional big plus in his/her also otherwise excellent performance.
  The student has passed the exam with, at least, a very good grade of 4.

•   Mathematics of Finance 3B00DV93-3002 28.10.2019-12.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This straightforward exercise based course provides the students with information and hands-on skills of selected fundamental parts of business mathematics.
  
  The time value of money theory forms the foundation of the course. The predetermined main objectives for the students are to learn to apply the theory, solve problems and communicate the problems, their solutions as well as the achieved new understanding effectively.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Identify opportunities for mathematical problem solving involved with the time value of money concept and theory.
  • Find out the present and future values of invested money in different cases of compounding.
  • Compare interest rates, returns on investments and cash flows utilizing the effective rate, present value and net present value concepts.
  • Find out the present and future value as well as the periodic payment of an ordinary annuity.
  • Prepare simple loan amortization schedules and calculate amortizations in MS Excel.
  • Communicate mathematical problems, their solutions and interpretations briefly and informatively.

  Course contents

  • What are the simple interest, growth percentage and sum of sequence all about?
  • How are various compound interest and effective rate calculations solved?
  • How are the present value and net present value (NPV) determined?
  • What different types of annuities are there, and how are the periodic payment and the present and future values of an ordinary annuity determined?
  • How can loan amortization schedules be prepared and loans become amortized?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance. The student can solve basic level compound interest and present value problems. The student can take responsibility for any of his individual duties in routine mathematics of finance activities and is able to make some contribution in a group.

  Good

  The student has the competence of explaining the concepts and methods of mathematics of finance and applying them in cases of reasonable difficulty. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve compound interest, present value and annuity exercises and problems as well as interpret the answers for the benefit of business projects and activities. His/her courses of action are well justified.

  Excellent

  The student can analyse mathematics of business exercises and work on related business cases
  
  individually. The student is able to choose approaches and construct equations and formulas applying the assigned mathematics of finance theory skillfully. The student can produce analyses and correct solutions to compound interest, present value and annuity problems as well as interpret the answers profoundly for the benefit of business projects and activities. The student’s courses of action are very well justified, and he/she makes noticeable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly in a committed manner.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Access to and hints about necessary theory, exercises and other learning material are there in the course Tabula.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Instructor's brief introductions of the themes, theories, methods and formulas. Mathematical problem solving both under supervision in the class and individually and/or as pairwork between the classes. Model answers and discussion based on them finish each main theme of the course.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  The overall course performance is evaluated and graded using:
  - a 20% weight on performing exercises acceptably during the course
  - a 20% weight on student's other overall activity, incl. sharing solutions and other mathematics of finance information with fellow students, as well as contribution to the common learning sessions and discussions in the classroom, and on Tabula
  - a 60% weight on the exam.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  28.10.2019 - 12.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Adrián Somlósi-Kovács

  Further information for students

  Mr Adrian Kovacs
  adrian.kovacs@tuni.fi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Exam schedule

  The course includes a small open-book exam.
  Potential retakes of the course will be performed by presenting and/or discussing the student's course exercise portfolios together with the instructor of the course. Portfolio discussions will be there no earlier than one month, at least, after the end of the course.

  Students use of time and load

  Student's workload is max. 52-54h, in Oct - Dec 2019.

  Content periodicity

  (See the Contents and Objectives of the Course categories.)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has not solved all the required exercises. Or the student has many incorrect answers and/or is not able to show his/her understanding of the required course contents.
  Or, student has not passed the exam.

  Satisfactory

  Student has many incorrect answers as end results of his/her calculations. His/her solutions, anyway, mostly prove that he/she has, anyway, mostly understood the theories, methods and practices of the course contents.
  The student has passed the exam.

  Good

  Student has mostly correct answers as end results of his/her calculations. His/her solutions prove that he/she has also understood the theories, methods and practices of the course contents. Student's proven skills of also communicating and sharing his/her knowledge of the course contents during the course help in achieving the very good grade of 4, instead of the good 3.
  The student has passed the exam with, at least, a strong satisfactory performance.

  Excellent

  Student has in practice only correct answers as end results of his/her calculations. His/her solutions prove that he/she has also understood the theories, methods and practices of the course contents very well. Student's highly desired habit of also communicating and sharing his/her knowledge of the course contents together with the other course participants is an additional big plus in his/her also otherwise excellent performance.
  The student has passed the exam with, at least, a very good grade of 4.

•   Modern Leadership Skills 3B00CW98-3003 27.08.2019-11.10.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course is focused on contemporary leadership theories, practices and skills that are needed to lead oneself and others ethically and effectively in a fast changing business environment.
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  1) define the role and responsibilities of a manager and leader in different organisations
  2) understand their individual life motives that impact their leadership behaviour
  3) create strategies for motivating and leading others in different situations
  4) apply some essential leadership theories and practices in a fast changing environment
  5) help other succeed by using some coaching techniques

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  First year BBA studies

  Course contents

  - Motivation theories and 16 life motives
  - Leading yourself & stress management
  - Modern leadership theories, practices and styles
  - Change management
  - Coaching skills

  Further information

  Main learning methods are practical exercises and skills training with other students. Presence in lectures is required.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Recommended or required reading

  Kouzes and Posner - The Leadership Challenge
  Cameron and Green - Making Sense of Change Management
  Articles and other resources as given during the lectures

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Interactive lectures
  Reading
  Exercises
  Group exam
  Writing "My Leadership Handbook"

  Assessment methods and criteria

  1) Open book group exam "Challenging leadership cases" - Grading: 0-5
  The group exam consists of several realistic cases where the students can apply their knowledge about different aspects of leadership. The cases will be solved in small teams that are created in the beginning of the course.
  2) Individual "My Leadership Handbook" - Grading: 0-5
  The handbook is good (3) if
  • Lectures and discussions are clearly utilized
  • Three of the suggested sources have been used
  • The topics have been reflected through the person's own life and/or work experiences
  • Peer group feedback has been used for the final version of the Handbook¨
  • References have been used and marked correctly

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  27.08.2019 - 11.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Further information for students

  From the teacher Päivi Mayor.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  3 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  This course will build on the students' current and previous practical leadership experiences.

  Exam schedule

  Mandatory open book group exam on "Challenging leadership cases" on October 8, 2019.

  International connections

  International cases will be used.

  Students use of time and load

  135 hours, 5 cr, consisting of about 40 hours of face-to-face lectures and 95 hours of individual and group work.

  Content periodicity

  - August 27: Introduction of the course, team building
  - August 30: Leadership theories, line management
  - September 3: Leadership theories and practices
  - September 6: Leading yourself, model the way
  - September 10: Inspire a shared vision
  - September 13: Encourage the heart: Motivation
  - September 17: Enable others to act: Coaching skills
  - September 20: Enable others to act: Changing individual behaviour, giving and receiving feedback
  - September 24: Challenge the process: Leading change
  - September 27: Challenge the process: Leading change
  - October 1: Leading a team
  - October 4: Future of leadership
  - October 8: GROUP EXAM
  - October 11: Feedback and next steps

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student has not participated in the group exam or has not submitted a complete "My Leadership Handbook".

  Satisfactory

  The student can describe the role and the responsibilities of a line manager. The student remembers some leadership practices and change models and is able to mention them in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, but the analysis stays on a superficial level. Suggestions are given for improving the leadership situations but they remain quite shallow and simple. The student has participated in the mandatory lectures but the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows only superficial understanding of the course topics. The student participates in the team tasks but does not contribute very positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Good

  The student can apply the different roles and the responsibilities of a line manager when solving challenging leadership cases. The student uses leadership practices and change models in a constructive and logical way in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, and the analysis is quite detailed. Concrete, realistic and understandable leadership suggestions are given for improving the situation. The student has participated in all or most lectures and the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows quite good understanding of the course topics. Main leadership theories and practices have been compared with student's own prior experiences about leadership. The student participates well team tasks and contributes positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Excellent

  The student can justify the different roles and the responsibilities of a line manager when solving challenging leadership cases. The student uses leadership practices and change models in a constructive and very logical way in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, and the analysis is detailed. Realistic, creative and understandable leadership suggestions are given for improving the situation. The student has participated in all or most lectures and the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows thorough understanding and critical thinking about the course topics. Main leadership theories and practices have been compared with student's own prior experiences about leadership and new interpretations and and solutions for the future have been developed. The student leads him/herself well under pressure and contributes very positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Approved/Failed

  The student has not participated in the group exam or has not submitted a complete "My Leadership Handbook". (not translated)

•   Modern Leadership Skills 3B00CW98-3004 27.08.2019-10.10.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course is focused on contemporary leadership theories, practices and skills that are needed to lead oneself and others ethically and effectively in a fast changing business environment.
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  1) define the role and responsibilities of a manager and leader in different organisations
  2) understand their individual life motives that impact their leadership behaviour
  3) create strategies for motivating and leading others in different situations
  4) apply some essential leadership theories and practices in a fast changing environment
  5) help other succeed by using some coaching techniques

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  First year BBA studies

  Course contents

  - Motivation theories and 16 life motives
  - Leading yourself & stress management
  - Modern leadership theories, practices and styles
  - Change management
  - Coaching skills

  Further information

  Main learning methods are practical exercises and skills training with other students. Presence in lectures is required.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Recommended or required reading

  Kouzes and Posner - The Leadership Challenge
  Cameron and Green - Making Sense of Change Management
  Articles and other resources as given during the lectures

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Interactive lectures
  Reading
  Exercises
  Group exam
  Writing "My Leadership Handbook"

  Assessment methods and criteria

  1) Open book group exam "Challenging leadership cases" - Grading: 0-5
  The group exam consists of several realistic cases where the students can apply their knowledge about different aspects of leadership. The cases will be solved in small teams that are created in the beginning of the course.
  2) Individual "My Leadership Handbook" - Grading: 0-5
  The handbook is good (3) if
  • Lectures and discussions are clearly utilized
  • Three of the suggested sources have been used
  • The topics have been reflected through the person's own life and/or work experiences
  • Peer group feedback has been used for the final version of the Handbook¨
  • References have been used and marked correctly

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  27.08.2019 - 10.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  AVOINAMK

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Further information for students

  From the teacher Päivi Mayor.

  Unit, in charge

  Open University of Applied Sciences

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  3 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  This course will build on the students' current and previous practical leadership experiences.

  Exam schedule

  Mandatory open book group exam on "Challenging leadership cases" on October 8, 2019.

  International connections

  International cases will be used.

  Students use of time and load

  135 hours, 5 cr, consisting of about 40 hours of face-to-face lectures and 95 hours of individual and group work.

  Content periodicity

  - August 27: Introduction of the course, team building
  - August 29: Leadership theories, line management
  - September 3: Leadership theories and practices
  - September 5: Leading yourself, model the way
  - September 10: Inspire a shared vision
  - September 12: Encourage the heart: Motivation
  - September 17: Enable others to act: Coaching skills
  - September 19: Enable others to act: Changing individual behaviour, giving and receiving feedback
  - September 24: Challenge the process: Leading change
  - September 26: Challenge the process: Leading change
  - October 1: Leading a team
  - October 3: Future of leadership
  - October 8: GROUP EXAM
  - October 10: Feedback and next steps

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student has not participated in the group exam or has not submitted a complete "My Leadership Handbook".

  Satisfactory

  The student can describe the role and the responsibilities of a line manager. The student remembers some leadership practices and change models and is able to mention them in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, but the analysis stays on a superficial level. Suggestions are given for improving the leadership situations but they remain quite shallow and simple. The student has participated in the mandatory lectures but the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows only superficial understanding of the course topics. The student participates in the team tasks but does not contribute very positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Good

  The student can apply the different roles and the responsibilities of a line manager when solving challenging leadership cases. The student uses leadership practices and change models in a constructive and logical way in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, and the analysis is quite detailed. Concrete, realistic and understandable leadership suggestions are given for improving the situation. The student has participated in all or most lectures and the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows quite good understanding of the course topics. Main leadership theories and practices have been compared with student's own prior experiences about leadership. The student participates well team tasks and contributes positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Excellent

  The student can justify the different roles and the responsibilities of a line manager when solving challenging leadership cases. The student uses leadership practices and change models in a constructive and very logical way in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, and the analysis is detailed. Realistic, creative and understandable leadership suggestions are given for improving the situation. The student has participated in all or most lectures and the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows thorough understanding and critical thinking about the course topics. Main leadership theories and practices have been compared with student's own prior experiences about leadership and new interpretations and and solutions for the future have been developed. The student leads him/herself well under pressure and contributes very positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Approved/Failed

  The student has not participated in the group exam or has not submitted a complete "My Leadership Handbook". (not translated)

•   Modern Leadership Skills 3B00CW98-3005 26.08.2019-23.10.2019  5 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course is focused on contemporary leadership theories, practices and skills that are needed to lead oneself and others ethically and effectively in a fast changing business environment.
  
  After completing of the course, students will be able to:
  1) define the role and responsibilities of a manager and leader in different organisations
  2) understand their individual life motives that impact their leadership behaviour
  3) create strategies for motivating and leading others in different situations
  4) apply some essential leadership theories and practices in a fast changing environment
  5) help other succeed by using some coaching techniques

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  First year BBA studies

  Course contents

  - Motivation theories and 16 life motives
  - Leading yourself & stress management
  - Modern leadership theories, practices and styles
  - Change management
  - Coaching skills

  Further information

  Main learning methods are practical exercises and skills training with other students. Presence in lectures is required.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Päivi Mayor

  Recommended or required reading

  Kouzes and Posner - The Leadership Challenge
  Cameron and Green - Making Sense of Change Management
  Articles and other resources as given during the lectures

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Interactive lectures
  Reading
  Exercises
  Group exam
  Writing "My Leadership Handbook"

  Assessment methods and criteria

  1) Open book group exam "Challenging leadership cases" - Grading: 0-5
  The group exam consists of several realistic cases where the students can apply their knowledge about different aspects of leadership. The cases will be solved in small teams that are created in the beginning of the course.
  2) Individual "My Leadership Handbook" - Grading: 0-5
  The handbook is good (3) if
  • Lectures and discussions are clearly utilized
  • Three of the suggested sources have been used
  • The topics have been reflected through the person's own life and/or work experiences
  • Peer group feedback has been used for the final version of the Handbook¨
  • References have been used and marked correctly

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  26.08.2019 - 23.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Further information for students

  further info can be obtained directly from the course teacher Sven Rassl sven.rassl@tuni.fi

  Unit, in charge

  Open University of Applied Sciences

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  3 cr

  Virtual proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Training and labour cooperation

  This course will build on the students' current and previous practical leadership experiences.

  Exam schedule

  Mandatory open book group exam on "Challenging leadership cases" on October 7, 2019.

  International connections

  International cases will be used. (not translated)

  Students use of time and load

  135 hours, 5 cr, consisting of about 40 hours of face-to-face lectures and 95 hours of individual and group work

  Content periodicity

  To 29.08.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00 Introduction of the course, team building 
  Ma 02.09.19 klo 08:00 - 11:00 Leadership theories, line management 
  To 05.09.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00 Leadership theories and practices 
  Ke 11.09.19 klo 14:00 - 17:00 Leading yourself, model the way 
  To 12.09.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00 Inspire a shared vision 
  Ma 16.09.19 klo 08:00 - 11:00 Encourage the heart: Motivation 
  To 19.09.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00  Enable others to act: Coaching skills 
  Ma 23.09.19 klo 08:00 - 11:00 Enable others to act: Changing individual behaviour, giving and receiving feedback
  To 26.09.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00 Challenge the process: Leading change 
  Ma 30.09.19 klo 08:00 - 11:00 Challenge the process: Leading change 
  To 03.10.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00 Leading a team 
  Ma 07.10.19 klo 08:00 - 11:00 Future of leadership
  To 10.10.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00 GROUP EXAM 
  Ke 23.10.19 klo 11:00 - 14:00 Feedback and next steps

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student has not participated in the group exam or has not submitted a complete "My Leadership Handbook".

  Satisfactory

  The student can describe the role and the responsibilities of a line manager. The student remembers some leadership practices and change models and is able to mention them in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, but the analysis stays on a superficial level. Suggestions are given for improving the leadership situations but they remain quite shallow and simple. The student has participated in the mandatory lectures but the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows only superficial understanding of the course topics. The student participates in the team tasks but does not contribute very positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Good

  The student can apply the different roles and the responsibilities of a line manager when solving challenging leadership cases. The student uses leadership practices and change models in a constructive and logical way in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, and the analysis is quite detailed. Concrete, realistic and understandable leadership suggestions are given for improving the situation. The student has participated in all or most lectures and the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows quite good understanding of the course topics. Main leadership theories and practices have been compared with student's own prior experiences about leadership. The student participates well team tasks and contributes positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

  Excellent

  The student can justify the different roles and the responsibilities of a line manager when solving challenging leadership cases. The student uses leadership practices and change models in a constructive and very logical way in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, and the analysis is detailed. Realistic, creative and understandable leadership suggestions are given for improving the situation. The student has participated in all or most lectures and the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows thorough understanding and critical thinking about the course topics. Main leadership theories and practices have been compared with student's own prior experiences about leadership and new interpretations and and solutions for the future have been developed. The student leads him/herself well under pressure and contributes very positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.
  en
  The student can justify the different roles and the responsibilities of a line manager when solving challenging leadership cases. The student uses leadership practices and change models in a constructive and very logical way in the group exam. The student analyses the leadership cases, including the motivation factors, and the analysis is detailed. Realistic, creative and understandable leadership suggestions are given for improving the situation. The student has participated in all or most lectures and the reflection in the Handbook about the topics shows thorough understanding and critical thinking about the course topics. Main leadership theories and practices have been compared with student's own prior experiences about leadership and new interpretations and and solutions for the future have been developed. The student leads him/herself well under pressure and contributes very positively to the team's exam outcome as evaluated by the other team members.

•   Operations Management 3B00CW91-3007 01.01.2020-18.02.2020  4 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Operations Management (OM) is a discipline that applies to restaurants, cafe as well as to factories like Ford and Whirlpool. The techniques of OM apply throughout the world to virtualyy all productive enterprise. It doesn't matter if the application is in an office, a hospital, a restaurant, a department store, or a factory- the production of goods and services requires operations management. The course covers the basic aspects of OM including operations in services and production.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  - Manage the operations and processes in services and production
  
  - Calculate the productivity and labour-productivity
  
  - know how to design a service and product in order to minimize the inventory cost and design an optimal Supply Chain (Sustainable design )
  
  - Know the forecasting methods
  
  - Know the techniques of Material Requirement Planning

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Operations and Productivity
  
  - Forecasting
  
  - Design of goods and services
  
  - Aggregate Planning and MRP
  
  - JIT, SCORE Model and Lean Operations

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sami Hämäläinen

  Recommended or required reading

  Course material in Tabula and relevant / articles / magazines / literature / media / interviews / web , more to be described in Tabula
  Book: Operations Management, Slack, Chambers et al, (2010)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Classroom learning,
  Case learning,
  Processive learning, interactive discussions
  Independent stydy
  Group studies

  Assessment methods and criteria

  According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
  - Knowing
  - Doing
  - Being
  see also the learning objcts from course description

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 18.02.2020

  Registration

  30.10.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Further information for students

  N.A

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  No alternative simplementations

  Training and labour cooperation

  Project work / project case study

  Exam schedule

  See TAMK exam dates

  International connections

  Cases and discussion, global operational business environment

  Students use of time and load

  According to TAMK schedule, ECT credits and Tabula timing instructions.
  Contact lessons, independent study and group assignments

  Content periodicity

  details to be reviewed in 1st lesson (tbd in Tabula)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  1-2
  Student participation has been on adequate level based on course schedule
  Student has the basic understanding on Operations management in general
  Student has demonstrated basic skills by submitting required tasks and asignments during the course

  Good

  3-4 In addition:
  Student's participation has been active during contact lessons and online between lessons.
  Student understand in good level operative roles, tasks and challenges
  Student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables
  Student is capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

  Excellent

  5
  Student has actively partipated and contributed to course implementation
  Student has professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of operational model of different organisations
  Student has demonstrated high skill level in operational management and created value and shared information to other partipants
  Student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

•   Operations Management 3B00CW91-3006 06.08.2019-21.10.2019  4 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Operations Management (OM) is a discipline that applies to restaurants, cafe as well as to factories like Ford and Whirlpool. The techniques of OM apply throughout the world to virtualyy all productive enterprise. It doesn't matter if the application is in an office, a hospital, a restaurant, a department store, or a factory- the production of goods and services requires operations management. The course covers the basic aspects of OM including operations in services and production.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  - Manage the operations and processes in services and production
  
  - Calculate the productivity and labour-productivity
  
  - know how to design a service and product in order to minimize the inventory cost and design an optimal Supply Chain (Sustainable design )
  
  - Know the forecasting methods
  
  - Know the techniques of Material Requirement Planning

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Operations and Productivity
  
  - Forecasting
  
  - Design of goods and services
  
  - Aggregate Planning and MRP
  
  - JIT, SCORE Model and Lean Operations

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sami Hämäläinen

  Recommended or required reading

  Course material in Tabula and relevant / articles / magazines / literature / media / interviews / web , more to be described in Tabula
  Book: Operations Management, Slack, Chambers et al, (2010)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Classroom learning,
  Case learning,
  Processive learning, interactive discussions
  Independent stydy
  Group studies

  Assessment methods and criteria

  According to TAMK evaluation criterias (0,1-5)
  - Knowing
  - Doing
  - Being
  see also the learning objcts from course description

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  06.08.2019 - 21.10.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sami Hämäläinen

  Further information for students

  N.A

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  No alternative simplementations

  Training and labour cooperation

  Project work / project case study

  Exam schedule

  See TAMK exam dates

  International connections

  Cases and discussion, global operational business environment

  Students use of time and load

  According to TAMK schedule, ECT credits and Tabula timing instructions.
  Contact lessons, independent study and group assignments

  Content periodicity

  details to be reviewed in 1st lesson (tbd in Tabula)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  0 - Student has not participated adequately, the minimum required amount on face-to-face classes / written report fails to comply with present requirements / written report is quantitatively and qualitatively insufficient, nor does it meet the course learning objectives , failed lecture eam minimum pass rate, (Obs! any of these issues alone will lead to failed note = 0)

  Satisfactory

  1-2
  Student participation has been on adequate level based on course schedule
  Student has the basic understanding on Operations management in general
  Student has demonstrated basic skills by submitting required tasks and asignments during the course

  Good

  3-4 In addition:
  Student's participation has been active during contact lessons and online between lessons.
  Student understand in good level operative roles, tasks and challenges
  Student can apply the knowledge in verbal conversations and written deliverables
  Student is capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

  Excellent

  5
  Student has actively partipated and contributed to course implementation
  Student has professional level of knowledge and wide understanding of operational model of different organisations
  Student has demonstrated high skill level in operational management and created value and shared information to other partipants
  Student is exceptionally capable of applying all the acquired knowledge in to relevant, working life situations

•   Organizational Communication 3B00DW17-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course covers various aspects of organizational communication, including theoretical background and practical communication activities. It deals with written, verbal and non-verbal communication, focusing on clarity and appropriateness in all situations.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate familiarity with theories of organizational communication.
  • Adapt their communication style according to a range of interpersonal factors, such as relative status, degree of familiarity, and cultural norms.
  • Use spoken English and non-verbal language effectively in face-to-face communication.
  • Produce written English texts which meet set norms regarding lay-out, organization, and accuracy.
  • Learn the basics of public relations

  Course contents

  • What are the essentials for effective organizational communication?
  • What are internal communications and public relations?
  • With what communities, groups and individuals do organizations need to communicate?
  • What factors affect the appropriate degree of formality and level of detail required in both face-to-face and written communication?
  • What are the different channels, communication vehicles and activities needed?
  • What discourse types and communication tools are typically used in organizational communication?
  • How to measure success in communication?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

  Good

  The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

  Excellent

  The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Materials will be provided online in the LMS and are expected to be supplemented by the student’s own research and enquiry based learning.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Teaching strategies will include lectures, discussion, facilitation, group and individual work. Active participation and collaboration will be essential. Flipped classroom strategies will be also employed for some activities. Students will be expected to demonstrate their learning by presenting work in writing, visually, orally and in presentations.
  The class will fully support the business simulation project and link tasks directly to activities in the simulation to provide an authentic learning experience.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Evaluation of learning will include assessment by self, peer and teacher. Grading criteria rubrics will be provided for assessed tasks and will be based on the principles of authentic learning and assessment and use the SOLO framework – “Structural Observation of Learning Outcomes” (Biggs and Collis, 1982, Biggs 1999).

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Mark Curcher

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Not applicable.

  Training and labour cooperation

  The course is fully supportive of the business simulation project the students are undertaking and is based on real life experience of working business and commerce.

  Exam schedule

  Details of the assessment schedule, including any exams, will be provided in the Tabula LMS.

  International connections

  The course will examine international organizational communication. Students will consider and reflect upon the impact and diversity of culture to organizational communications, using examples from the instructors and student’s experiences.

  Students use of time and load

  Time and effort as required 3 ECTS credit course = Approx 80 hours.

  Content periodicity

  A scheme of work will be provided in the Tabula LMS.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

  Good

  The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

  Excellent

  The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

•   Organizational Communication 3B00DW17-3002 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course covers various aspects of organizational communication, including theoretical background and practical communication activities. It deals with written, verbal and non-verbal communication, focusing on clarity and appropriateness in all situations.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate familiarity with theories of organizational communication.
  • Adapt their communication style according to a range of interpersonal factors, such as relative status, degree of familiarity, and cultural norms.
  • Use spoken English and non-verbal language effectively in face-to-face communication.
  • Produce written English texts which meet set norms regarding lay-out, organization, and accuracy.
  • Learn the basics of public relations

  Course contents

  • What are the essentials for effective organizational communication?
  • What are internal communications and public relations?
  • With what communities, groups and individuals do organizations need to communicate?
  • What factors affect the appropriate degree of formality and level of detail required in both face-to-face and written communication?
  • What are the different channels, communication vehicles and activities needed?
  • What discourse types and communication tools are typically used in organizational communication?
  • How to measure success in communication?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

  Good

  The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

  Excellent

  The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

  ---

  Recommended or required reading

  Materials will be provided online in the LMS and are expected to be supplemented by the student’s own research and enquiry based learning.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Teaching strategies will include lectures, discussion, facilitation, group and individual work. Active participation and collaboration will be essential. Flipped classroom strategies will be also employed for some activities. Students will be expected to demonstrate their learning by presenting work in writing, visually, orally and in presentations.
  The class will fully support the business simulation project and link tasks directly to activities in the simulation to provide an authentic learning experience.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Evaluation of learning will include assessment by self, peer and teacher. Grading criteria rubrics will be provided for assessed tasks and will be based on the principles of authentic learning and assessment and use the SOLO framework – “Structural Observation of Learning Outcomes” (Biggs and Collis, 1982, Biggs 1999).

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Mark Curcher

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Not applicable.

  Training and labour cooperation

  The course is fully supportive of the business simulation project the students are undertaking and is based on real life experience of working business and commerce.

  Exam schedule

  Details of the assessment schedule, including any exams, will be provided in the Tabula LMS.

  International connections

  The course will examine international organizational communication. Students will consider and reflect upon the impact and diversity of culture to organizational communications, using examples from the instructors and student’s experiences.

  Students use of time and load

  Time and effort as required 3 ECTS credit course = Approx 80 hours.

  Content periodicity

  A scheme of work will be provided in the Tabula LMS.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

  Good

  The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

  Excellent

  The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

•   Organizational Communication 3B00EP74-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  3 cr  (19IBE) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course covers various aspects of organizational communication, including theoretical background and practical communication activities. It deals with written, verbal and non-verbal communication, focusing on clarity and appropriateness in all situations.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Demonstrate familiarity with theories of organizational communication.
  • Adapt their communication style according to a range of interpersonal factors, such as relative status, degree of familiarity, and cultural norms.
  • Use spoken English and non-verbal language effectively in face-to-face communication.
  • Produce written English texts which meet set norms regarding lay-out, organization, and accuracy.
  • Learn the basics of public relations

  Course contents

  • What are the essentials for effective organizational communication?
  • What are internal communications and public relations?
  • With what communities, groups and individuals do organizations need to communicate?
  • What factors affect the appropriate degree of formality and level of detail required in both face-to-face and written communication?
  • What are the different channels, communication vehicles and activities needed?
  • What discourse types and communication tools are typically used in organizational communication?
  • How to measure success in communication?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name the various participants in the communications process and describe communications theory. The student can identify internal and external communications and describe or illustrate the communications process. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present simple, factual information and follow templates to produce routine written communications content. The student is able to communicate in a business environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

  Good

  The student can explain the role of participants and describe the processes of communications theory. The student can explain and apply communications processes to their own business simulation and develop internal and external communications strategies. The student can explain the communication principles of the public relations process, describe, and plan a communications process. The student is able to explain phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English and take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures. The student is able to present complex ideas and information, take account of and adjust communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates the ability to evaluate and adapt their communications approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new communications methods, channels and ideas.

  Excellent

  The student can explain modern theories of communication, analyse the communications structures within an organization, design a public relations response to a business situation and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organization. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization, analyse communications issues and synthesise possible solutions and recognise possible implications. The student can collaborate with fellow learners during the learning process and evaluate different communications approaches. The student can improvise during a presentation to deal with unforeseen challenges and connect ideas and information from diverse sources and synthesis this to construct new understanding. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their communications as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values. He/she is open to new communication methods and ideas, including those driven by modern technological solutions. The student is able to adapt their communications techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  01.11.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IBE

  Teacher(s)

  Mark Curcher

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Performance Management and Control 3B00CX02-3003 08.01.2020-19.02.2020  5 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course offers the students a chance to enhance their knowledge and managerial skills of financial planning and control as well as performance measurement and evaluation to a professional level.
  
  The course is based on modern management accounting methods, frameworks and practices, laying a solid foundation on which continuing business studies and a serious business career in the field of accounting and finance can be built later on. The contents and learning experiences of the course are planned to be useful and generally applicable for every business professional.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Prepare the major budgets of a company and participate in creation of budgeting systems.
  Analyze business performance and participate in decision-making and business planning using standard budget reports.
  Create business forecasts for the future, based on budget reports and other relevant business information.
  Calculate the value of economic value added (EVA®) measure and utilize the DuPont approach to the return on investment (ROI) measure.
  Participate in planning and implementing tailor-made strategic performance management solutions for various business cases.
  Consider and try to include the effects of latest technological innovations and human aspects in any of their later business development projects.

  Course contents

  Which budgets does a modern budgeting system – “The Master Budget” – include, and how can a tailored version be constructed?
  How can the planning and control processes of a decentralized organization be managed using budgets, reports and supporting IT tools?
  What different approaches are there for strategic performance measurement and evaluation?
  What are the roles of human considerations, e.g. gaming, intangible assets and management myopia, as part of system creation?
  How are the values of advanced measures such as economic value added (EVA®) calculated, and how can business reporting become more lively through visualization?
  How can technology help in planning and control; what kind of insights do e.g. ERP systems, business intelligence and the current strong development of digitalization, mobile services and Internet of Things (IoT) offer to companies?
  How is a strategy-bound performance management framework built and used in practice?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  Student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of financial planning and control as well as the performance measurement and evaluation theme sufficiently. Student can take responsibility of his individual financial planning and reporting duties in routine activities, and is able to produce some contribution in a group.

  Good

  Student has achieved the competence of applying and explaining the concepts and methods of financial planning and control as well as the performance measurement and evaluation theme in controllable situations. Student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. Student can solve financial planning and measurement problems, and his courses of action are well justified.

  Excellent

  Student can analyse even complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various financial planning and control as well as performance measurement and evaluation tasks and problems. Student is able to apply his extensive knowledge and skills of the subject matter creatively in problem solving, solution tracing, new experiments, and when generalising his well-justified courses of action. Student can work strongly individually and produces remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Recommended or required reading

  Horngren, C.T., Datar, S., Rajan, M. V. 2015. Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis. 15th global ed. Pearson Education Limited.
  ISBN 10: 1-292-01822-4. ISBN 13: 978-1-292-01822-5.
  Other learning material will be agreed on during the course.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Contact teaching, assignments, exercises, problem-based learning, study conversation, cooperative learning, workshop, little exam.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  The course grade will be mainly based on the overall performance and activity (weight of some 60 - 67 %). The little course exam needs to be passed to get an acceptable course grade, but its weight is only 33 % - max. 40 %.
  In the case the student's exam grade is better than his/her other performance and activity, the weight of 40 % is applied, for the student's benefit.
  Performing all the required assignments and exercises acceptably and/or very well has a key role in the evaluation of overall activity.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  08.01.2020 - 19.02.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Further information for students

  Pasi Kuusijärvi, M.Sc.(Econ. and Bus. Adm.)
  Senior Lecturer, Accounting and Financial Management
  Tampere University of Applied Sciences
  Tampere Universities
  Kuntokatu 3
  FI-33520 Tampere
  Finland
  pasi.kuusijarvi@tuni.fi
  Tel. +358 40 846 3052

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None.

  Training and labour cooperation

  Company visits and/or guest lectures - if any - will be informed to the students during the course implementation.

  Exam schedule

  The exact timing of the little course exam will be agreed upon together with the students during the first part of the course. The time will most probably be there during one of the last contact teaching lessons of the course implementation.
  If necessary, two retake exams will be arranged flexibly in EXAM, after the end of the course, later on this spring.

  International connections

  International guest lecturers or relevant business professionals are basically always very welcome to visit and/or otherwise co-operate with this course.

  Students use of time and load

  As a 5 cr course, a student's total workload is defined as max. 130 hours.
  This includes some 16 hours of contact teaching. In addition to that, there might be need for some additional daytime working hours because of e.g. the potential company visit(s).
  The workload is preplanned to be rather evenly splitted into the course weeks; this is possible thanks to the social approach of letting the students' assignment, case and exercise performances have a large role in their evaluation, instead of evaluating based on just the course exam.

  Content periodicity

  Main Themes of the Course:
  I Budgeting - The Master Budget
  II Strategic Performance Measurement and Evaluation
  III Selected Advanced Topics in Management Accounting, as well as the little Course Exam

•   Product Costing and Financial Analysis 3B00DW09-3001 09.03.2020-23.04.2020  3 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This two-part course provides the students with cornerstone level information of both product costing and pricing as well as financial closing analysis. Relevant theoretical accounting information is used as important supporting learning material. As the most important thing, anyway, the approach and mode of operations are truly practical all through the course.
  
  The first part of the course introduces the product costing and pricing theme to the students. Key terms and concepts are defined, and the students learn to use especially their new job costing knowledge and skills by solving basic-level costing and pricing exercises. Studying the cost - volume - profit (C-V-P) analysis and the break-even analysis themes finishes the first part of the course.
  
  The second part of the course has its focus on ready-made financial closing information and financial key ratios based on that. In this section, the students are supervised to have their own little research on both financial statements of some publicly traded company and their own practice firm. In addition to that, several most commonly applied financial key ratios under categories profitability, liquidity and solvency are introduced to the students, and they read about, interpret and solve the values of them in practice.
  
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Solve basic-level product costing and pricing problems, using especially the job-costing method.
  Perform C-V-P and break-even analyses, and use the analysis results in practice.
  Participate in business planning and decision making, proving various decision makers with reliable product profitability information.
  Read and interpret financial closing information of the income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements.
  Calculate the values of the most common profitability measures gross profit, operating profit, net profit, return on assets and return on equity.
  Evaluate the performance of companies also based on liquidity measures such as working capital, current and quick ratio as well as turnovers of A/R and inventory.
  Find out the debt and/or equity ratio of a company.
  Measure, evaluate and analyze the financial performance of a company, using a many-sided set of financial key ratios.
  Based on the analysis work done, decide on case-specific business planning issues.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What do the different numerous costing and pricing terms and concepts mean in practice?
  How is product costing and pricing implemented in practice, applying job costing?
  What other alternative costing and pricing methods are there, and when are they applicable?
  How are the C-V-P and break-even analyses performed, and how can the analysis results be used in businesses?
  What are the most meaningful and important pieces of information on the financial statements, and how can the income statement and balance sheet information be used in external decision making?
  Which measures of profitability can be identified and easily used in practice?
  What are the definitions and uses of different liquidity measures?
  How is solvency measured; is it simply given as a part of financial closing, or can it be planned?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of product costing and financial closing analysis themes sufficiently. The student can take responsibility of his/her individual product costing and financial closing analysis duties in routine activities, and is able to make some contribution in a group.

  Good

  The student has the competence of understanding and explaining the concepts and methods of the product costing and financial closing analysis themes, and can apply them in controllable situations. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve product-costing problems and produce financial closing analyses, and his/her courses of action are well justified.

  Excellent

  The student can analyse complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various product costing and financial closing analysis tasks and problems. The student is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills of the subject matter creatively in data collection, analyses and calculations, problem solving, and when interpreting and sharing his/her well-justified solutions. The student can work strongly individually and make remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  09.03.2020 - 23.04.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Product Costing and Financial Analysis 3B00DW09-3002 09.03.2020-24.04.2020  3 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This two-part course provides the students with cornerstone level information of both product costing and pricing as well as financial closing analysis. Relevant theoretical accounting information is used as important supporting learning material. As the most important thing, anyway, the approach and mode of operations are truly practical all through the course.
  
  The first part of the course introduces the product costing and pricing theme to the students. Key terms and concepts are defined, and the students learn to use especially their new job costing knowledge and skills by solving basic-level costing and pricing exercises. Studying the cost - volume - profit (C-V-P) analysis and the break-even analysis themes finishes the first part of the course.
  
  The second part of the course has its focus on ready-made financial closing information and financial key ratios based on that. In this section, the students are supervised to have their own little research on both financial statements of some publicly traded company and their own practice firm. In addition to that, several most commonly applied financial key ratios under categories profitability, liquidity and solvency are introduced to the students, and they read about, interpret and solve the values of them in practice.
  
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Solve basic-level product costing and pricing problems, using especially the job-costing method.
  Perform C-V-P and break-even analyses, and use the analysis results in practice.
  Participate in business planning and decision making, proving various decision makers with reliable product profitability information.
  Read and interpret financial closing information of the income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements.
  Calculate the values of the most common profitability measures gross profit, operating profit, net profit, return on assets and return on equity.
  Evaluate the performance of companies also based on liquidity measures such as working capital, current and quick ratio as well as turnovers of A/R and inventory.
  Find out the debt and/or equity ratio of a company.
  Measure, evaluate and analyze the financial performance of a company, using a many-sided set of financial key ratios.
  Based on the analysis work done, decide on case-specific business planning issues.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What do the different numerous costing and pricing terms and concepts mean in practice?
  How is product costing and pricing implemented in practice, applying job costing?
  What other alternative costing and pricing methods are there, and when are they applicable?
  How are the C-V-P and break-even analyses performed, and how can the analysis results be used in businesses?
  What are the most meaningful and important pieces of information on the financial statements, and how can the income statement and balance sheet information be used in external decision making?
  Which measures of profitability can be identified and easily used in practice?
  What are the definitions and uses of different liquidity measures?
  How is solvency measured; is it simply given as a part of financial closing, or can it be planned?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to determine and use the concepts and methods of product costing and financial closing analysis themes sufficiently. The student can take responsibility of his/her individual product costing and financial closing analysis duties in routine activities, and is able to make some contribution in a group.

  Good

  The student has the competence of understanding and explaining the concepts and methods of the product costing and financial closing analysis themes, and can apply them in controllable situations. The student works actively and cooperates responsibly and constructively both individually and in a group. The student can solve product-costing problems and produce financial closing analyses, and his/her courses of action are well justified.

  Excellent

  The student can analyse complex situations and produce alternative solution proposals to various product costing and financial closing analysis tasks and problems. The student is able to apply his/her knowledge and skills of the subject matter creatively in data collection, analyses and calculations, problem solving, and when interpreting and sharing his/her well-justified solutions. The student can work strongly individually and make remarkable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively and flexibly with excellent commitment.

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  09.03.2020 - 24.04.2020

  Registration

  01.02.2020 - 11.03.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Seats

  0 - 37

  Teacher(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Professional Development 3B00DW19-3001 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  4 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course covers essential information on studying at TAMK IB programme. Professional Development course encourages the students to adopt a professional approach to their studies, and develop working habits appropriate to working life. As a practical approach students will study in teams who will set up a virtual company. Professional Development course includes weekly team meetings with assigned coach.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Know the contents of IB programme and TAMK learning environment
  • Have a plan for completing their studies in the IB programme, taking into consideration their priorities, long-term goals, strengths and weaknesses.
  • Know what self-motivated learning is and know how to develop teamwork skills in multicultural environment
  • Know how to develop study skills, e.g. learning strategies and time management skills.
  • Know the practical training process and how to apply for a job.
  • Know how the international study exchange process works in practice.

  Course contents

  • What regulations do all TAMK students need to follow?
  • What requirements apply specifically to the International Business degree programme?
  • What skills do I need to work in multicultural teams?
  • How can I develop my study skills and manage my time better?
  • What does supervised practical training mean?
  • How do I plan my international study exchange?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to name teamwork roles and principles. The student recognises team development phases. The student can act as a team member. The student can give and receive feedback.

  Good

  The student applies teamwork principles in his/her own team behavior. The student is able to solve teamwork tasks and teamwork related problems. The student takes responsibility and commits to teamwork. The student develops his/her own teamwork skills.

  Excellent

  The student understands how effective team works in professional context. The student is able to adopt different team roles in various team tasks creatively. The student can cooperate responsibly, flexibly and constructively in a team. The student contributes actively to improve team’s performance and collective action.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 02.09.2019

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB3

  19IB4

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius, Sari Matala, Petteri Vilén, Marita Tuomala, Tuomo Soini, Anu Kallionpää

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Professional Selling 3B00CW92-3006 02.03.2020-26.04.2020  4 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the course students will learn different techniques and skills for improving their professional sales skills. The student will study different approaches for sales situations and negotiations as well as gain their understanding of sales process.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to
  
  • Communicate and negotiate in a demanding business environment.
  • Manage a sales process both in b-to-c and b-to-b sales situations.
  • Understand the role and usage of digital tools in a sales process.
  • Know how to prepare and handle sales situations across cultures.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  • What are professional sales skills and techniques?
  • How to sell successfully in b-to-c and b-to-b settings?
  • What kind of digital tools are used in selling?
  • How to sell and negotiate in other, selected countries?

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 26.04.2020

  Registration

  17.12.2019 - 10.03.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Juha Tuominen, Sean Morga

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in different target markets. The student knows basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is somewhat familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can give simple sales presentations. He/she knows how to close sales in some situations. The student is aware of digital tools used in the sales process.

  Good

  The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in different target markets. The student can ask questions to understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in enduring buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar with digital tools in the sales process.

  Excellent

  The student is able to conduct complex sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in domestic and international target markets. The student can ask the right questions to fully understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with different persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student understands the role of social influence in sales settings and he/she can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with various methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in long lasting and mutual beneficial buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar and able to use diverse digital tools in the sales process.

•   Professional Selling 3B00CW92-3007 02.03.2020-26.04.2020  4 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the course students will learn different techniques and skills for improving their professional sales skills. The student will study different approaches for sales situations and negotiations as well as gain their understanding of sales process.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to
  
  • Communicate and negotiate in a demanding business environment.
  • Manage a sales process both in b-to-c and b-to-b sales situations.
  • Understand the role and usage of digital tools in a sales process.
  • Know how to prepare and handle sales situations across cultures.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  • What are professional sales skills and techniques?
  • How to sell successfully in b-to-c and b-to-b settings?
  • What kind of digital tools are used in selling?
  • How to sell and negotiate in other, selected countries?

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Juha Tuominen

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.03.2020 - 26.04.2020

  Registration

  17.01.2020 - 24.02.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Juha Tuominen, Sean Morga

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in different target markets. The student knows basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is somewhat familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can give simple sales presentations. He/she knows how to close sales in some situations. The student is aware of digital tools used in the sales process.

  Good

  The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in different target markets. The student can ask questions to understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in enduring buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar with digital tools in the sales process.

  Excellent

  The student is able to conduct complex sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in domestic and international target markets. The student can ask the right questions to fully understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with different persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student understands the role of social influence in sales settings and he/she can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with various methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in long lasting and mutual beneficial buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar and able to use diverse digital tools in the sales process.

•   Professional Selling 3B00CW92-3005 25.10.2019-11.12.2019  4 cr  (KVH19N2, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the course students will learn different techniques and skills for improving their professional sales skills. The student will study different approaches for sales situations and negotiations as well as gain their understanding of sales process.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to
  
  • Communicate and negotiate in a demanding business environment.
  • Manage a sales process both in b-to-c and b-to-b sales situations.
  • Understand the role and usage of digital tools in a sales process.
  • Know how to prepare and handle sales situations across cultures.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  • What are professional sales skills and techniques?
  • How to sell successfully in b-to-c and b-to-b settings?
  • What kind of digital tools are used in selling?
  • How to sell and negotiate in other, selected countries?

  Further information

  There will be two implementations of the course, one in the autumn semester and another in the spring.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sven Rassl

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  25.10.2019 - 11.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 02.10.2019

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  KVH19N2

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius, Sven Rassl, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  The student has poor skills of conducting sales negotiations. The student is unaware of basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is unfamiliar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student is unable to give sales presentations. He/she does not know how to close sales. The student is unaware of digital tools used in the sales process.

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in different target markets. The student knows basic techniques for understanding customer needs. He/she is somewhat familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can give simple sales presentations. He/she knows how to close sales in some situations. The student is aware of digital tools used in the sales process.

  Good

  The student is able to conduct sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in different target markets. The student can ask questions to understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in enduring buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar with digital tools in the sales process.

  Excellent

  The student is able to conduct complex sales negotiations in both, B2B and B2C settings in domestic and international target markets. The student can ask the right questions to fully understand customer needs. He/she is familiar with different persuasion techniques used in professional selling. The student understands the role of social influence in sales settings and he/she can identify sales prospects. The student can make professional sales presentations and is familiar with various methods of overcoming sales resistance. He/she knows how to close sales, resulting in long lasting and mutual beneficial buyer-seller relationships. The student is familiar and able to use diverse digital tools in the sales process.

•   Professional Swedish for Business, Oral 3B00CX20-3006 07.01.2020-17.05.2020  2 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.
  
  After completing the course students will be able to
  - tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
  - meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
  - follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
  What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
  How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tarja Haukijärvi

  Recommended or required reading

  Kirja: Hanska-Aare Sari, Keränen Marit, Lehtoviita Kirsi, Pirttilä Mia: Gå med vinst! (Edita) ja opettajan lisämateriaali.
  Kirjaa on saatavilla myös digitaalisessa muodossa: https://www.editapublishing.fi/tuote/ga-med-vinst-affarssvenska-for-hogskolor (not translated)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lähiopetus, argumentointi, esitelmät, yhteistoiminnallinen oppiminen, harjoitukset, suullinen tentti. (not translated)

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Jatkuva näyttö sekä suullinen tentti (ryhmäkeskustelu). Läsnäolo 75 %. (not translated)

  Language of instruction

  Finnish

  Timing

  07.01.2020 - 17.05.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Hanska

  Further information for students

  Esitiedot: lukion ruotsi tai vastaavat tiedot. (not translated)

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  - (not translated)

  Training and labour cooperation

  - (not translated)

  Exam schedule

  Suullinen tentti pienryhmissä ma 17.2.2020 klo 14.15 alkaen tilassa B6-25.
  Suullisen uusinta sovitaan erikseen. (not translated)

  International connections

  - (not translated)

  Students use of time and load

  Koko ruotsin kielen 5 opintopisteen opintojakso suoritetaan samanaikaisesti (Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, muntlig 2 op ja Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, skriftlig 3 op). Lähiopetus 60 h ja opiskelijan itsenäinen työskentely 60 h (sis. virtuaaliosuuden). (not translated)

  Content periodicity

  Opetusta 1. ja 2. periodilla. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
  * communicates in expected oral work life situations, but requires help
  * interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
  * recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
  * interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

  Good

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
  * communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations
  * takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
  * utilizes the publications of their field of study.

  Excellent

  The student
  * is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
  * communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
  * can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
  * can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

•   Professional Swedish for Business, Oral 3B00CX20-3005 26.08.2019-16.12.2019  2 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.
  
  After completing the course students will be able to
  - tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
  - meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
  - follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
  What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
  How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tarja Haukijärvi

  Recommended or required reading

  Kirja: Hanska-Aare Sari, Keränen Marit, Lehtoviita Kirsi, Pirttilä Mia: Gå med vinst! (Edita) ja opettajan lisämateriaali.
  Kirjaa on saatavilla myös digitaalisessa muodossa: https://www.editapublishing.fi/tuote/ga-med-vinst-affarssvenska-for-hogskolor (not translated)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lähiopetus, argumentointi, esitelmät, yhteistoiminnallinen oppiminen, harjoitukset, suullinen tentti. (not translated)

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Jatkuva näyttö sekä suullinen tentti (ryhmäkeskustelu). Läsnäolo 75 %. (not translated)

  Language of instruction

  Finnish

  Timing

  26.08.2019 - 16.12.2019

  Registration

  22.07.2019 - 09.09.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Hanska

  Further information for students

  Esitiedot: lukion ruotsi tai vastaavat tiedot. (not translated)

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  - (not translated)

  Training and labour cooperation

  - (not translated)

  Exam schedule

  Suullinen tentti pienryhmissä ma 30.9.2019 klo 11.15 alkaen tilassa B5-31.
  Suullisen uusinta sovitaan erikseen. (not translated)

  International connections

  - (not translated)

  Students use of time and load

  Koko ruotsin kielen 5 opintopisteen opintojakso suoritetaan samanaikaisesti (Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, muntlig 2 op ja Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, skriftlig 3 op). Lähiopetus 60 h ja opiskelijan itsenäinen työskentely 60 h (sis. virtuaaliosuuden). (not translated)

  Content periodicity

  Opetusta 1. ja 2. periodilla. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Opintojakso on hylätty, mikäli opiskelija ei saavuta arviointikriteerien taitotasoa 1. (not translated)

  Satisfactory

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
  * communicates in expected oral work life situations, but requires help
  * interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
  * recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
  * interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

  Good

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
  * communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected oral work life situations
  * takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
  * utilizes the publications of their field of study.

  Excellent

  The student
  * is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
  * communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, oral work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
  * can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
  * can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

•   Professional Swedish for Business, Written 3B00CX21-3005 07.01.2020-17.05.2020  3 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.
  
  After completing the course students will be able to
  - tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
  - meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
  - follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
  What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
  How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Kirsi Saarinen

  Recommended or required reading

  Kirja: Hanska-Aare Sari, Keränen Marit, Lehtoviita Kirsi, Pirttilä Mia: Gå med vinst! (Edita) ja opettajan lisämateriaali.
  Kirjaa on saatavilla myös digitaalisessa muodossa: https://www.editapublishing.fi/tuote/ga-med-vinst-affarssvenska-for-hogskolor (not translated)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lähiopetus, argumentointi, opetussimulaatiot ja -pelit, yhteistoiminnallinen oppiminen, harjoitukset, aktivoivat kirjoitustehtävät, referaatti/essee, itsenäinen verkko-opiskelu sekä kirjallinen tentti. (not translated)

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Kirjallisesessa kielitaidossa on kaksi tenttiä (40 % + 40 % arvosanasta) sekä palautettavia kirjallisia harjoituksia (20 % arvosanasta).
  Opintojaksopalaute on pakollinen osasuoritus ja se annetaan opintojaksopalautejärjestelmän kautta.
  Läsnäolo 75 %. (not translated)

  Language of instruction

  Finnish

  Timing

  07.01.2020 - 17.05.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Hanska

  Further information for students

  Esitiedot: lukion ruotsi tai vastaavat tiedot. (not translated)

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  - (not translated)

  Training and labour cooperation

  - (not translated)

  Exam schedule

  Kirjallinen tentti 1: ma 2.3.2020 klo 14.15 - 16.45 tilassa B6-25.
  Kirjallinen tentti 2: viikoilla 17 - 18 (Tenttiterraario)
  Palautettavat ja arvioitavat harjoitukset: palautus 10.5.2020 mennessä.
  Uusinnat liiketalouden yleisinä uusintatenttipäivinä 1. tentin osalta 16.4.2020 klo 16.30 - 19.30 tilassa D1-04 (ilmoittautuminen pakollinen Pakissa).
  2. kirjallisen tentin uusinnat viikoilla 22 ja 37 Tenttiterraariossa. (not translated)

  International connections

  - (not translated)

  Students use of time and load

  Koko ruotsin kielen 5 opintopisteen opintojakso suoritetaan samanaikaisesti (Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, muntlig 2 op ja Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, skriftlig 3 op). Lähiopetus 60 h ja opiskelijan itsenäinen työskentely 60 h (sis. virtuaaliosuuden). (not translated)

  Content periodicity

  Opetusta 1. ja 2. periodilla. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
  * communicates in expected written work life situations, but requires help
  * interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
  * recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
  * interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

  Good

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
  * communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations
  * takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
  * utilizes the publications of their field of study.

  Excellent

  The student
  * is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
  * communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
  * can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
  * can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

•   Professional Swedish for Business, Written 3B00CX21-3004 26.08.2019-16.12.2019  3 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  On this course students will learn about the professional business communication in working life environment. European Framework of Reference for Languages B1 level.
  
  After completing the course students will be able to
  - tell about their personality, education, work experience, tasks and duties at work by using professional Swedish
  - meet customers’ needs when servicing the customer base and communicating with interest groups
  - follow and participate in the development of their field by using different ways of communication (media, conferences, literature).

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What can the student communicate on his/her competence and working life environment in the target language?
  What kind of qualifications does the student need to succeed in multicultural customer-based interaction in the target language?
  How can the student develop his/her competence and acquire business-related information in the target language?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tarja Haukijärvi

  Recommended or required reading

  Kirja: Hanska-Aare Sari, Keränen Marit, Lehtoviita Kirsi, Pirttilä Mia: Gå med vinst! (Edita) ja opettajan lisämateriaali.
  Kirjaa on saatavilla myös digitaalisessa muodossa: https://www.editapublishing.fi/tuote/ga-med-vinst-affarssvenska-for-hogskolor (not translated)

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lähiopetus, argumentointi, opetussimulaatiot ja -pelit, yhteistoiminnallinen oppiminen, harjoitukset, aktivoivat kirjoitustehtävät, referaatti/essee, itsenäinen verkko-opiskelu sekä kirjallinen tentti. (not translated)

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Kirjallisesessa kielitaidossa on kaksi tenttiä (40 % + 40 % arvosanasta) sekä palautettavia kirjallisia harjoituksia (20 % arvosanasta).
  Opintojaksopalaute on pakollinen osasuoritus ja se annetaan opintojaksopalautejärjestelmän kautta.
  Läsnäolo 75 %. (not translated)

  Language of instruction

  Finnish

  Timing

  26.08.2019 - 16.12.2019

  Registration

  22.07.2019 - 09.09.2019

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Hanska

  Further information for students

  Esitiedot: lukion ruotsi tai vastaavat tiedot. (not translated)

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  - (not translated)

  Training and labour cooperation

  - (not translated)

  Exam schedule

  Kirjallinen tentti 1:ma 7.10.2019
  Kirjallinen tentti 2: 9. - 21.12.2019 (Tenttiterraario)
  Palautettavat ja arvioitavat harjoitukset: palautus 15.12.2019 mennessä.
  Uusinnat liiketalouden yleisinä uusintatenttipäivinä 1. tentin osalta 14.11.2019 (ilmoittautuminen pakollinen Pakissa).
  2.kirjallisen tentin uusinnat 3. periodin aikana Tenttiterraariossa (ajat ilm. myöhemmin). (not translated)

  International connections

  - (not translated)

  Students use of time and load

  Koko ruotsin kielen 5 opintopisteen opintojakso suoritetaan samanaikaisesti (Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, muntlig 2 op ja Professionell svenska i handelsbranschen, skriftlig 3 op). Lähiopetus 60 h ja opiskelijan itsenäinen työskentely 60 h (sis. virtuaaliosuuden). (not translated)

  Content periodicity

  Opetusta 1. ja 2. periodilla. (not translated)

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Opintojakso on hylätty, mikäli opiskelija ei saavuta arviointikriteerien taitotasoa 1. (not translated)

  Satisfactory

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) briefly and introduce the basic information of a company, product and services
  * communicates in expected written work life situations, but requires help
  * interprets and produces the most common business life communication situations (e.g. phone)
  * recognises the characteristics of the Nordic operational environment
  * interprets the main points of publications of their field of study.

  Good

  The student
  * is able to tell about themselves (education, work experience, skills) and introduce a company, product and services fairly effortlessly
  * communicates fairly fluently and actively in expected written work life situations
  * takes into account the characteristics of Nordic operational environment
  * utilizes the publications of their field of study.

  Excellent

  The student
  * is able to fluently introduce themselves (education, work experience, skills) as well as company, its products and services and to analyse key figures
  * communicates naturally and fluently in various, even challenging, written work life situations (e.g. creating and maintaining customers)
  * can work successfully in the Nordic operational environment
  * can utilize, apply and analyse publications of their field of study.

•   Project Management 3B00DV97-3001 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course introduces the main tools and techniques of project management.
  During this course a virtual project will be defined, initiated and planned by the students.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand the purpose of project management
  • Act as member of a project team
  • Write a project plan

  Course contents

  • How to set and initiate a project?
  • How to form a team and define the roles and responsibilities?
  • How to write a professional level project plan?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name and explain project management and its key elements. He/she recognizes the phases of a project and is able to name reasons for having a project mode. The student knows the role of a project plan document and its elements. The student can act as a member of a small-scale project team. The student is able to give and receive feedback related to a set project, collaborate in a small team and take responsibility of his/her own studies.

  Good

  The student is able to apply the basic tools used in projects and structure a small project team with dedicated tasks. The student can explain the needs for setting up a small scale project with a project plan. The student can act as a project manager or a team member to accomplish the project. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop skills for co-operation with dedicated roles. The student takes responsibility of his/her studies and is able to balance the workload of the team.

  Excellent

  The student understands the meaning and relations of the basic concepts of project management. The student analyses multiple alternatives and is able to make sustainable project decisions. He/she is able to connect the project management elements together in a professional manner. The student applies project management tools in a systematic manner and searches and justifies multiple options. The student is able to assess the team and team tasks. He/she finds creative solutions and motivates and develops a project team. The student is able to use feedback to grow professionally in the field and develop creative and constructive working methods. He/she works responsibly towards the project team and commits himself/herself to group work and project management methods beyond the required level.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Project Management 3B00DV97-3002 21.10.2019-31.12.2019  2 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course introduces the main tools and techniques of project management.
  During this course a virtual project will be defined, initiated and planned by the students.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  • Understand the purpose of project management
  • Act as member of a project team
  • Write a project plan

  Course contents

  • How to set and initiate a project?
  • How to form a team and define the roles and responsibilities?
  • How to write a professional level project plan?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can name and explain project management and its key elements. He/she recognizes the phases of a project and is able to name reasons for having a project mode. The student knows the role of a project plan document and its elements. The student can act as a member of a small-scale project team. The student is able to give and receive feedback related to a set project, collaborate in a small team and take responsibility of his/her own studies.

  Good

  The student is able to apply the basic tools used in projects and structure a small project team with dedicated tasks. The student can explain the needs for setting up a small scale project with a project plan. The student can act as a project manager or a team member to accomplish the project. The student is able to give and receive constructive feedback and develop skills for co-operation with dedicated roles. The student takes responsibility of his/her studies and is able to balance the workload of the team.

  Excellent

  The student understands the meaning and relations of the basic concepts of project management. The student analyses multiple alternatives and is able to make sustainable project decisions. He/she is able to connect the project management elements together in a professional manner. The student applies project management tools in a systematic manner and searches and justifies multiple options. The student is able to assess the team and team tasks. He/she finds creative solutions and motivates and develops a project team. The student is able to use feedback to grow professionally in the field and develop creative and constructive working methods. He/she works responsibly towards the project team and commits himself/herself to group work and project management methods beyond the required level.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  21.10.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  16.09.2019 - 15.10.2019

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Petteri Vilén

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Project Studies 3B00CX25-3003 01.01.2020-31.12.2020  5 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  International Business students can carry out a part of their studies as project studies. The projects are defined in advance for the credit count, costs and duration. The projects are commissioned e.g. by local companies or by Tampere University of Applied Sciences. The team projects come from actual companies and the students themselves. See further instructions and required forms at www.wiki.tamk.fi (use "Business Related Project Studies" as a search key there).
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  
  Work more professionally in real projects, and participate in carrying out systematically managed projects, from project approval and planning to control and implementation.
  Apply and further develop existing disciplinary knowledge in real life cases and projects.
  Use their individual communication, negotiation and group work skills more effectively and efficiently.
  Enhance their use of different sources of information, learning environments, project management software tools, and IT in general.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  How can universities and local companies work together?
  What different projects are relevant for university of applied sciences (UAS) students?
  What kind of co-operation will benefit both the student(s) and the client?
  What can a UAS student learn and benefit from participation in a real project?
  How is project management interrelated to the strategic and general management of an organization?
  What are the benefits of applying systematic project management methods and related IT tools for different projects?
  How are projects planned, implemented, controlled and reported successfully?
  What kind of proposed generalizations can be made based on successful project outcomes?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.12.2020

  Registration

  25.11.2019 - 01.09.2020

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Pasi Kuusijärvi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Quantitative methods 3B00FH23-3001 09.03.2020-31.05.2020  3 cr  (19IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  After the course, the student will know
  • the role of statistics in scientific methods
  • the relevant statistical terminology
  • the theory and basic steps of statistical analysis
  After the course, the student will be able to
  • apply the analytical techniques covered in the course
  • present results from statistical analyses

  Course contents

  What does quantitative research mean?
  What does the term statistical significance mean?
  What is probability theory?
  How to choose an appropriate research method?
  How to build a questionnaire?
  How to collect and analyze data?
  How to interpret the results?
  
  The most important quantitative methods will be discussed and practiced in SPSS.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can determine and use the concepts and methods of quantitative research. The student takes responsibility for any of his duties in research activities and makes some contribution to a group.

  Good

  The student has the competence of explaining the concepts and methods of quantitative research and applying them in cases of reasonable difficulty. The student works actively, cooperates responsibly and constructively, both individually and in a group. The student can solve the given exercises and problems, as well as interpret the answers for the benefit of business projects and activities.

  Excellent

  The student knows the different approaches very well, can work with quantitative research methods individually. The student can produce correct solutions to research problems, as well as interpret the answers profoundly for the benefit of business projects and activities. The student makes a noticeable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively, and flexibly.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  09.03.2020 - 31.05.2020

  Registration

  20.02.2020 - 09.03.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB

  18IB

  16IB

  17IB

  Teacher(s)

  Adrián Somlósi-Kovács

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Virtual proportion

  3 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Quantitative methods 3B00FH23-3002 01.06.2020-01.08.2020  3 cr  (VAPAA) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  After the course, the student will know
  • the role of statistics in scientific methods
  • the relevant statistical terminology
  • the theory and basic steps of statistical analysis
  After the course, the student will be able to
  • apply the analytical techniques covered in the course
  • present results from statistical analyses

  Course contents

  What does quantitative research mean?
  What does the term statistical significance mean?
  What is probability theory?
  How to choose an appropriate research method?
  How to build a questionnaire?
  How to collect and analyze data?
  How to interpret the results?
  
  The most important quantitative methods will be discussed and practiced in SPSS.

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can determine and use the concepts and methods of quantitative research. The student takes responsibility for any of his duties in research activities and makes some contribution to a group.

  Good

  The student has the competence of explaining the concepts and methods of quantitative research and applying them in cases of reasonable difficulty. The student works actively, cooperates responsibly and constructively, both individually and in a group. The student can solve the given exercises and problems, as well as interpret the answers for the benefit of business projects and activities.

  Excellent

  The student knows the different approaches very well, can work with quantitative research methods individually. The student can produce correct solutions to research problems, as well as interpret the answers profoundly for the benefit of business projects and activities. The student makes a noticeable contribution to group work, cooperating responsibly, constructively, and flexibly.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.06.2020 - 01.08.2020

  Registration

  01.05.2020 - 02.06.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  VAPAA

  Seats

  0 - 45

  Teacher(s)

  Adrián Somlósi-Kovács

  Unit, in charge

  Business Administration

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Required International Study Exchange 3B00CX22-3002 01.08.2019-31.12.2019  25 cr  (17IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the required international study exchange of four to six months, the International Business students build their knowledge and professional skill set so that the exchange studies will support their choice of the second year modules or their other well-grounded professional goals.
  
  The one-semester exchange is a mandatory part of International Business studies for the Finnish degree students during the third year of studies. The foreign degree students of the programme can apply for the exchange, but do not have to do so as their stay in Finland already is counted as an exchange. Instead, the foreign degree students finish two modules of IB second year studies to meet the degree requirement of 210 credits.
  
  The students plan the study contents of the exchange period (= Learning Agreement) with the International Coordinator of the School of Business and Services. TAMK International Services help the students in the exchange practicalities and TAMK grants.
  
  After completing the exchange period abroad, the students will be able to:
  
  Utilize their language and intercultural skills.
  Develop their ability to operate in a foreign environment and culture
  Maintain and create new networks.
  Strengthen their self-confidence and improve their tolerance.
  Improve their readiness for job seeking and employment opportunities.
  Adopt new ways of learning and thinking.
  Utilize new topics, which are not taught at home university.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  How to plan the exchange studies to further improve your strengths and to reach your personal goals?
  Which choices could improve your employment opportunities and professional development?
  What makes your BBA degree different form the others?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Riitta Vihuri

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.08.2019 - 31.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  25 cr

  Group(s)

  17IB

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Research Plan 3B00CX34-3002 01.01.2020-31.12.2020  3 cr  (17IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  A thorough Thesis Plan, i.e. an extended topic analysis, forms the second chapter of the thesis. As a rule you should have made good progress in familiarization with literature at this stage and, hence, proper referencing is expected from a Thesis Plan.
  
  At this point of the thesis process, the students will be able to:
  
  
  Develop thesis objectives or form possible research questions.
  Understand which theories form the basis of the thesis.
  Know how to choose appropriate research methods.
  Demonstrate an estimated project timetable for the thesis project.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  What is your thesis topic?
  What are the objectives and the purpose of your thesis?
  Which theories form the basis of the thesis?
  What research methodology is used?
  What is the structure and the schedule of your thesis?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.12.2020

  Registration

  01.01.2020 - 31.12.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  17IB

  Teacher(s)

  Päivi Mayor, Sari Matala, Petteri Vilén, Marita Tuomala, Juha Tuominen, Tuula Andersson, Kai Hintsanen, Pietro Albanese, Pasi Kuusijärvi, Harri Karvinen, Tuomo Soini, Sami Hämäläinen, Matti Karlsson, Shaidul Kazi

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  Pass/Fail

•   Sales and Negotiation Skills 3B00DV99-3001 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  4 cr  (19IB1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the course students will get to know different sales processes and negotiation situations. Students will plan and practice different sales approaches and improve their personal sales skills. During the course the students will plan and organize a sales event.
  
  After completing the course the students will be able to
  • Describe an effective sales process
  • Prepare for different sales and negotiation situations
  • Listen to the customer and identify the customer needs during a sales meeting
  • Communicate key messages to the customer
  • Plan and organize a sales event

  Course contents

  • What is a sales process and how to apply it in practice?
  • Which factors affect successful sales negotiation?
  • What are the differences between b-to-c and b-to-b sales?
  • How to listen to the customer and ask good questions?
  • How to show empathy and address difficult situations in a customer oriented way?
  • How to plan and organize a sales event?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can describe the sales and negotiations process and identify sales opportunities. The student can ask a customer appropriate questions relevant to closing a sale and list the eight types of sales people identified by the Harvard Business School research. The student is able to name the ABC and SEA sales acronyms and participate in a sales event. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present factual information about their product or service. The student can follow a script or checklist to produce communication to explain the benefits of their service. The student is able to communicate in a sales environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

  Good

  The student can explain the sales process and explain the role of participants in the sales process. The student is able to comment on and evaluate a sales meeting and describe the 8 sales personalities. The student can explain and apply sales processes to their own business simulation and develop sales and negotiation strategies. The student can describe and plan a sales meeting, analyse the ABC sales process and explain why SEA sales process is more relevant to contemporary sales. The student can explain the importance of listening to customer needs. The student is able to explain sales phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English. The student is able to take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures and can adjust their sales communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates some ability to evaluate and adapt their sales approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new sales methods, technologies and ideas.

  Excellent

  The student can analyse and evaluate a sales situation. The student can analyse the communications structures within an organization and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organisation. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization. The student can reflect on their own strengths and weaknesses as a sales person and negotiator and adapt their negotiations strategy as needs arise. The student can identify their sales type (Harvard BR – 8 types of sales people) and take appropriate steps to develop areas as required. The student analyses sales challenges and synthesises possible solutions and recognises possible implications. The student collaborates with peers during the learning process and evaluates different sales approaches. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their sales approach as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values and is able to adapt their sales and negotiations techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB1

  19IB2

  19IB3

  19IB4

  Teacher(s)

  Juha Tuominen, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Sales and Negotiation Skills 3B00DV99-3002 01.01.2020-01.03.2020  4 cr  (19IB6, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During the course students will get to know different sales processes and negotiation situations. Students will plan and practice different sales approaches and improve their personal sales skills. During the course the students will plan and organize a sales event.
  
  After completing the course the students will be able to
  • Describe an effective sales process
  • Prepare for different sales and negotiation situations
  • Listen to the customer and identify the customer needs during a sales meeting
  • Communicate key messages to the customer
  • Plan and organize a sales event

  Course contents

  • What is a sales process and how to apply it in practice?
  • Which factors affect successful sales negotiation?
  • What are the differences between b-to-c and b-to-b sales?
  • How to listen to the customer and ask good questions?
  • How to show empathy and address difficult situations in a customer oriented way?
  • How to plan and organize a sales event?

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student can describe the sales and negotiations process and identify sales opportunities. The student can ask a customer appropriate questions relevant to closing a sale and list the eight types of sales people identified by the Harvard Business School research. The student is able to name the ABC and SEA sales acronyms and participate in a sales event. The student can communicate simple messages in spoken English and present factual information about their product or service. The student can follow a script or checklist to produce communication to explain the benefits of their service. The student is able to communicate in a sales environment by participating in both speaking/listening, reading/writing activities.

  Good

  The student can explain the sales process and explain the role of participants in the sales process. The student is able to comment on and evaluate a sales meeting and describe the 8 sales personalities. The student can explain and apply sales processes to their own business simulation and develop sales and negotiation strategies. The student can describe and plan a sales meeting, analyse the ABC sales process and explain why SEA sales process is more relevant to contemporary sales. The student can explain the importance of listening to customer needs. The student is able to explain sales phenomena clearly by speaking and writing in English. The student is able to take account of cultural norms when devising or responding to communications from other cultures and can adjust their sales communication so that it is appropriate for the audience and medium being used. The student demonstrates some ability to evaluate and adapt their sales approach based on the context and reaction of recipients and is open to new sales methods, technologies and ideas.

  Excellent

  The student can analyse and evaluate a sales situation. The student can analyse the communications structures within an organization and explain, evaluate and critique the public relations process of a given organisation. The student can design and implement solutions to communications problems within an organization. The student can reflect on their own strengths and weaknesses as a sales person and negotiator and adapt their negotiations strategy as needs arise. The student can identify their sales type (Harvard BR – 8 types of sales people) and take appropriate steps to develop areas as required. The student analyses sales challenges and synthesises possible solutions and recognises possible implications. The student collaborates with peers during the learning process and evaluates different sales approaches. The student can demonstrate the ability to adapt their sales approach as appropriate to context, situation, and level of formality. The student is tolerant of those who have different cultural communication norms and values and is able to adapt their sales and negotiations techniques and strategies as appropriate to the given situation, including tone, pace, intonation, body language, facial expression, dress and appearance, level of formality. The student is able to demonstrate the ability to listen actively.

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 01.03.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  4 cr

  Group(s)

  19IB6

  19IB7

  19IB8

  19IB5

  Teacher(s)

  Juha Tuominen, Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Service Design Thinking and Customer Centric Business Development 3B00FB62-3001 06.09.2019-03.12.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  In this course students will learn service design thinking in a digital business environment. The student will study how service design thinking is applied to customer centric business development and how the customer centric value chains are formed. Students will use service design tools and methods to design a business development plan for an e-commerce company.
  
  After completing the course, the students will be able to:
  - develop innovative business development plan by using different kind of tools, like Storytelling, Design Scenarios, Service Blueprints, Empathy Map etc.
  - search different kind of relevant customer information using design thinking tools
  - describe the value chain in e-commerce

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  • Service Design as an inter-disciplinary approach
  • Fields of Service Design
  • Service Design Thinking tools

  Assessment criteria

  Satisfactory

  The student has rudimentary knowledge of service design thinking, including data collection methods such as surveys, interviews and observations. He/she is capable of using basic design thinking tools such as Empathy Map. The student has elementary skills in planning and implementing a research project in the context of service design thinking.

  Good

  The student has advanced knowledge of Service Design Thinking methods, including such as Value Proposition Canvas and Lean Canvas. The student knows the difference between customer centric and customer based. He/she is able to select suitable Service Design methods for a variety of situations and provide reasons for the selection. The student knows how to build a value chain. He/she is able to utilize the gained insights to improve business processes. The student is skilled in planning and implementing a service design project in the context of e-commerce.

  Excellent

  The student has excellent knowledge of service design methods, including interviews, observations, document analysis and others. He/she is able to select accurate service design methods for a variety of situations and justify reasons for the selection. The student knows how to build a value chain. He/she is able to utilize the gained insights to improve business processes. The student has profound skills in planning and implementing a service design project in the context of e-commerce. The student thoroughly understands how service design, value chain and customer-centricity work together.

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  06.09.2019 - 03.12.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  16IB

  17IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Strategic Marketing Planning 3B00CX04-3003 08.01.2020-08.03.2020  3 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course expands on the earlier Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2, providing deeper knowledge and skills in strategic planning and development of marketing. The course gives the fundamental basis for those aiming at a career in marketing, merging theory with practice.
  
  After completing the course the students will be able to
  • Derive the marketing strategy from the business strategy
  • Choose an appropriate marketing strategy for different
  businesses
  • Write a consistent marketing plan based on customer needs and
  marketing strategy applying Blue Ocean Strategy tools

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  What are the different levels of marketing planning?
  What kind of different marketing strategies businesses apply and why?
  What is the structure and content of a strategic marketing plan?
  What is Blue Ocean Strategy and how is it applied in marketing planning?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tuula Andersson

  Recommended or required reading

  Kim, W.C. & Mauborgne, R.2006. Blue Ocean Strategy
  Kim, W.C. & Mauborgne, R.2017. Blue Ocean Shift
  Literature and materials given in Moodle.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  The course is mainly based on cooperative learning in small teams. The students will create a strategic development plan for marketing of a client company as a teamwork. Virtual material supports learning. Participation in the weekly workshops and team meetings and Independent work in studying the materials is required.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Active presence in the class workshops, teamwork and presentations.
  Quality of the project and final output.
  Individual grade based on peer evaluation and contribution in the project.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  08.01.2020 - 08.03.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 30

  Teacher(s)

  Tuula Andersson, Mari Helenius

  Further information for students

  The course assignment will be done in small teams, where at least one member should be able to speak fluent Finnish. The maximum amount of team members is 4.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  3 cr

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  The marketing development plan will be created for a commissioner according to their requirements. (not translated)

  Exam schedule

  No exam

  Students use of time and load

  The course is 3 credits which is 81 hours of student's work. 21 hours will be used in teacher led workshops and 60 hours in independent studying and teamwork. There will be two weekly meetings on Wednesdays and Thursdays, the other of which is reserved for teams' independent work.

  Content periodicity

  A detailed course syllabus will be introduced on the first lesson and can also be found in course Moodle

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has not achieved the objectives of the course even on a sufficient level. He/she is not able to recognize, determine and use the concepts and tools of marketing strategy planning. The team project is not accepted and/or the student has not been active in participating the teamwork. The student has missed several classes and workshops.

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to identify principles of the business strategy and strategic marketing. The student is able to participate in a team project performing the given tasks in according to instructions and with guidance.

  Good

  The student is able to determine and apply the concept and tools of strategic marketing in marketing planning. He/she is able to conduct some analysis and suggest development actions suitable for the business strategy. The student actively contributes to a team project being able to receive and give constructive feedback.

  Excellent

  The student masters the concepts and different models of strategic marketing, and is able to connect business strategy to marketing strategy in the business context in question. Student is able to conduct well structured analysis and is able to create, evaluate and combine different solutions to a given marketing problem. The student acts in a flexible and constructive way in team projects developing the team’s interaction..

•   Strategic Marketing Planning 3B00CX04-3004 08.01.2020-31.07.2020  3 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This course expands on the earlier Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2, providing deeper knowledge and skills in strategic planning and development of marketing. The course gives the fundamental basis for those aiming at a career in marketing, merging theory with practice.
  
  After completing the course the students will be able to
  • Derive the marketing strategy from the business strategy
  • Choose an appropriate marketing strategy for different
  businesses
  • Write a consistent marketing plan based on customer needs and
  marketing strategy applying Blue Ocean Strategy tools

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  Introduction to Marketing 1 and 2 or equivalent

  Course contents

  What are the different levels of marketing planning?
  What kind of different marketing strategies businesses apply and why?
  What is the structure and content of a strategic marketing plan?
  What is Blue Ocean Strategy and how is it applied in marketing planning?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Tuula Andersson

  Recommended or required reading

  Kim, W.C. & Mauborgne, R.2006. Blue Ocean Strategy
  Kim, W.C. & Mauborgne, R.2017. Blue Ocean Shift
  Literature and materials given in Moodle.

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  The course is mainly based on cooperative learning in small teams. The students will create a strategic development plan for marketing of a client company as a teamwork. Virtual material supports learning. Participation in the weekly workshops and team meetings and Independent work in studying the materials is required.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Active presence in the class workshops, teamwork and presentations.
  Quality of the project and final output.
  Individual grade based on peer evaluation and contribution in the project.

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  08.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  3 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Seats

  0 - 30

  Teacher(s)

  Tuula Andersson, Mari Helenius

  Further information for students

  The course assignment will be done in small teams, where at least one member should be able to speak fluent Finnish. The maximum amount of team members is 4.

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  3 cr

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  None

  Training and labour cooperation

  The marketing development plan will be created for a commissioner according to their requirements.

  Exam schedule

  No exam

  Students use of time and load

  The course is 3 credits which is 81 hours of student's work. 21 hours will be used in teacher led workshops and 60 hours in independent studying and teamwork. There will be two weekly meetings on Wednesdays and Thursdays, the other of which is reserved for teams' independent work.

  Content periodicity

  A detailed course syllabus will be introduced on the first lesson and can also be found in course Moodle

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  Student has not achieved the objectives of the course even on a sufficient level. He/she is not able to recognize, determine and use the concepts and tools of marketing strategy planning. The team project is not accepted and/or the student has not been active in participating the teamwork. The student has missed several classes and workshops.

  Satisfactory

  The student is able to identify principles of the business strategy and strategic marketing. The student is able to participate in a team project performing the given tasks in according to instructions and with guidance.

  Good

  The student is able to determine and apply the concept and tools of strategic marketing in marketing planning. He/she is able to conduct some analysis and suggest development actions suitable for the business strategy. The student actively contributes to a team project being able to receive and give constructive feedback.

  Excellent

  The student masters the concepts and different models of strategic marketing, and is able to connect business strategy to marketing strategy in the business context in question. Student is able to conduct well structured analysis and is able to create, evaluate and combine different solutions to a given marketing problem. The student acts in a flexible and constructive way in team projects developing the team’s interaction..

•   Sustainable Nature and Event Tourism 3B00CW95-3003 02.10.2019-20.11.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  The course is focusing on nature, wellbeing and event tourism from the sustainability point of view.
  
  
  
  Learning outcomes:
  
  Course is introducing the aspects of sustainability in tourism business.
  
  Important and profitable types of tourism are studied
  Students are familiarized with cases concerning each type of tourism.
  
  
  
  After completing the course, students are able to:
  
  Consider principles of sustainability in tourism business
  
  Identify motivational factors typical for human nature contact and to apply these factors in developing nature tourism
  Understand wellbeing in tourism business and to be able to include aspects of it into developing tourism
  Design, organize and manage different kinds of events

  Course contents

  Which are the principles of sustainability in tourism?
  Which are the motivational factors typical for human nature contact and how to consider these in tourism?
  Why is wellbeing an important aspect in every type of tourism and how to consider it in designing products?
  What is event management and how to design, organize and manage different kinds of events successfully?

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sari Matala

  Recommended or required reading

  Specified in Tabula
  Exam material introduced in the first meeting on 2nd October, 2019!

  Planned learning activities and teaching methods

  Lectures and coach meetings, individual studying, team working, exam (material introduced in the first meeting on 2nd October, 2019!)
  Presentation 40%, Exam 60%
  IMPORTANT: Introduction to Experience Economy 3B00DV87-3001 (or basics of tourism) course must be completed before taking this course. You are not able to take this course, if you can't participate the first meeting during the week 40 and commit yourself in team working in a project.

  Assessment methods and criteria

  Participating team project tasks, applying academic literature in team presentation task, team assessment, passing the exam

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  02.10.2019 - 20.11.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Sari Matala, Mauri Grönroos

  Further information for students

  IMPORTANT: Introduction to Experience Economy 3B00DV87-3001 (or basics of tourism) course must be completed before taking this course.You are not able to take this course, if you can't participate the first meeting during the week 40 and commit yourself in team working in a project.
  Exam material introduced in the first meeting on 2nd October, 2019!

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  2 cr

  Virtual proportion

  1 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

  Completion alternatives

  Must be discussed with teacher beforehand!

  Training and labour cooperation

  Project commissioned by a company or organized by students.

  Exam schedule

  Exam on 20th November 2019
  2 possibilities to resit, 1 upgrading

  International connections

  International project teams

  Students use of time and load

  Team working 40h
  Individual studying 80h
  Lectures/meetings 15h

  Content periodicity

  Weeks 40-41: Course and Task description, team building, introduction lecture, individual studying
  Weeks 42-43: Team working, individual studying
  Weeks 44-45: Coach meeting, team working, individual studying
  Week 46: Team presentations
  Week 47: Exam

  Assessment criteria

  Not approved

  No participating in team working (team assessment), task instructions are not followed, lack in applying academic literature in team presentation, failing exam

  Satisfactory

  Participating team work is superficial (team assessment). Task description is partly followed, student is able to produce a presentation/text, but there are only few academic references and/or theories are not understood. No original or innovative ideas presented.

  Good

  Participating team working is active (team assessment). Task description is followed, student is able to produce a presentation/text with academic references and/or theories, which are understood and applied. Original or innovative ideas presented.

  Excellent

  Participating team working is very active (team assessment). Task description is followed, student is able to produce a presentation/text with academic references and/or theories, which are understood and applied with professional touch. Highly original or innovative ideas presented.

•   Team Learning and Business Innovation 3B00CX12-3003 01.01.2020-31.07.2020  7 cr  (18IB) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  During this course students will start their business in co-operative company, build up their team, learn about fellow leadership and team learning in practise and develop their business ideas and products by using lean product development methods.
  
  After completing the course the student will be able to
  - build up a team, lead a team by using methods of fellow leadership
  - work and learn effectively in a team
  - use different lean product development methods to create profitable business in a team
  - pitch business idea for the audience

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  Course content
  - What is lean product development?
  - How does learning organization work?
  - How to create successful team?
  - How to learn and create successful business in a team?
  - How to do a good pitching?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 31.07.2020

  Registration

  02.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  7 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Tourism Marketing 3B00CW94-3003 19.09.2019-28.11.2019  5 cr  (18IB, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Tourism marketing course focuses on customer-oriented marketing of tourism products and services. The aim is to learn skills needed for planning and implementing tourism marketing and for using a multitude of integrated marketing mix tools for various target groups, business environments and situations.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  • Understand the special features and tools of marketing tourism products and services.
  • Analyze factors influencing tourism marketing and be familiar with planning, implementing and monitoring marketing in the field of tourism.
  • Apply tourism marketing strategies, planning principles and integrated marketing mix tools for various target markets, business environments and situations.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  -

  Course contents

  • What are customer needs and requirements for tourism products and services in consumer and business-to-business markets?
  • What are the special features, elements, tools and processes of tourism marketing?
  • What do the decisions of integrated tourism marketing mix and branding include, how is the value chain created and how is planning and implementation of tourism marketing done?
  • What kind of media and technological solutions exist for interactive marketing of tourism products and services and what online business possibilities offer for tourism marketing?
  • How to draw up a marketing plan for diverse tourism businesses?

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  19.09.2019 - 28.11.2019

  Registration

  10.06.2019 - 01.09.2019

  Credits

  5 cr

  Group(s)

  18IB

  19KVHN2

  Seats

  0 - 40

  Teacher(s)

  Mari Helenius

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  R&D proportion

  2 cr

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Transportation Management 3B00CX08-3003 07.01.2020-21.02.2020  6 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  Transportation costs and inventory considerations are significant drivers of total logistics and supply chain management costs. This course expands on the earlier Principles of Supply Chain Management course, providing detailed concepts and applications for freight transportation considerations in supply chains. This will include modal comparisons and contrasts of operational, financial, marketing, and information technology tools/software available in the freight and supply chain industries. Collaboration and competition between and among the modes will be explored to understand specific tactics to improve modal and supply chain efficiencies and competitive alternatives in both the global and domestic markets. Additionally, current trends in freight transportation and supply chain management across the globe will be studied and discussed to consider strategies and tactics to shape, manage, and respond to those trends.
  
  
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  Understand the European Transportation Policies
  Able to calculate all the costs related to the transportation operations
  Manage the domestic and global transportation processes based on cases studies
  Understand and work with the transportation documents
  Calculate the CO2 emissions and define the risks in transport.

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  --The Basics of logistics is a prerequisite to this course.
  This course may require a visits to ports in Finland and overseas to complete the best learning outcomes

  Course contents

  The EU Transportation white and green papers
  The Transportaion systems: Roal, Sea, rail, air and intermodal
  Freight forwarders operations
  Risks and safety in transportation operations
  Sustainability in transport.

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Sami Hämäläinen

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  07.01.2020 - 21.02.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  6 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sami Hämäläinen

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5

•   Warehouse Management 3B00CX09-3003 01.01.2020-20.02.2020  2 cr  (20KVHN1, ...) +-
  Learning outcomes of the course unit

  This warehouse management course covers the basics of business warehouse management. The most common warehousing operations, practices and topics are covered, like the use of WMS with practices of the voice picking systems and RFID-technology applications (www.logivo.fi). The objective is to understand the warehousing acitivies, the related costs in the entire SCM. This course has also a contribution and link to the transportaion planning and ERP course (SAP). The learning plattform ( Logistics Redesign will be used to demonstrate the SCM design an optimisation tools.
  
  After completing the course, students will be able to:
  
  What are the new challenges in supply chain management process?
  How to operate in distribution centers, warehouses and terminals?
  How to control and optimize inventories?
  What is warehouse inventory system?
  What is material handling about?
  What are the value added services in a distribution center?
  What are the picking techniques used?

  Prerequisites and co-requisites

  - The Basics of logistics is a prerequisite to this course

  Course contents

  Distribution centers as a facilities in the SCM
  Inventory Management advanced
  WM cycle and operations
  WM picking technics
  Labeling, tracebelity and RFID solutions

  Further information

  -

  ---

  Name of lecturer(s)

  Hanna Pihlajarinne

  Language of instruction

  English

  Timing

  01.01.2020 - 20.02.2020

  Registration

  09.12.2019 - 10.01.2020

  Credits

  2 cr

  Group(s)

  20KVHN1

  18IB

  Teacher(s)

  Sean Morga

  Unit, in charge

  International Business

  Degree programme(s)

  Bachelor's Degree Programme in International Business

  Office

  TAMK Main Campus

  Evaluation scale

  0-5